U.S. patent application number 12/732124 was filed with the patent office on 2010-10-07 for quinazolinones as inhibitors of human phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase delta.
Invention is credited to Kerry W. Fowler, Danwen Huang, Edward A. Kesicki, Amy Oliver, Hua Chee Ooi, Fuqiang Ruan, Jennifer Treiberg.
Application Number | 20100256167 12/732124 |
Document ID | / |
Family ID | 34969603 |
Filed Date | 2010-10-07 |
United States Patent
Application |
20100256167 |
Kind Code |
A1 |
Fowler; Kerry W. ; et
al. |
October 7, 2010 |
QUINAZOLINONES AS INHIBITORS OF HUMAN PHOSPHATIDYLINOSITOL 3-KINASE
DELTA
Abstract
Compounds that inhibit PI3K.delta. activity, including compounds
that selectively inhibit PI3K.delta. activity, are disclosed.
Methods of inhibiting phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase delta isoform
(PI3K.delta.) activity, and methods of treating diseases, such as
disorders of immunity and inflammation in which PI3K.delta. plays a
role in leukocyte function, using the compounds also are
disclosed.
Inventors: |
Fowler; Kerry W.; (Seattle,
WA) ; Huang; Danwen; (Sammamish, WA) ;
Kesicki; Edward A.; (Bothell, WA) ; Ooi; Hua
Chee; (Kirkland, WA) ; Oliver; Amy; (Bothell,
WA) ; Ruan; Fuqiang; (Bellevue, WA) ;
Treiberg; Jennifer; (Redmond, WA) |
Correspondence
Address: |
MORRISON & FOERSTER LLP
12531 HIGH BLUFF DRIVE, SUITE 100
SAN DIEGO
CA
92130-2040
US
|
Family ID: |
34969603 |
Appl. No.: |
12/732124 |
Filed: |
March 25, 2010 |
Related U.S. Patent Documents
|
|
|
|
|
|
Application
Number |
Filing Date |
Patent Number |
|
|
11596092 |
Dec 14, 2007 |
|
|
|
PCT/US2005/016778 |
May 12, 2005 |
|
|
|
12732124 |
|
|
|
|
60570784 |
May 13, 2004 |
|
|
|
Current U.S.
Class: |
514/263.21 ;
544/277 |
Current CPC
Class: |
A61P 35/04 20180101;
A61P 5/14 20180101; A61P 19/08 20180101; A61P 37/02 20180101; A61P
31/04 20180101; A61P 35/00 20180101; C07D 473/34 20130101; C07D
239/91 20130101; A61P 25/02 20180101; A61P 7/04 20180101; A61P
13/12 20180101; A61P 35/02 20180101; A61P 11/16 20180101; A61P 9/10
20180101; A61P 11/00 20180101; A61P 17/02 20180101; A61P 29/00
20180101; C07D 473/16 20130101; A61P 1/16 20180101; A61P 19/06
20180101; A61P 27/02 20180101; A61P 25/00 20180101; A61P 1/04
20180101; A61P 19/02 20180101; A61P 37/00 20180101; A61K 31/52
20130101; A61P 27/14 20180101; A61P 39/06 20180101; A61P 7/06
20180101; A61P 5/48 20180101; A61P 17/04 20180101; A61P 11/06
20180101; A61P 37/08 20180101; A61P 43/00 20180101; A61P 11/08
20180101; A61P 19/00 20180101; A61P 37/06 20180101; A61P 3/10
20180101; C07D 487/04 20130101; A61P 31/00 20180101; A61P 11/02
20180101 |
Class at
Publication: |
514/263.21 ;
544/277 |
International
Class: |
A61K 31/52 20060101
A61K031/52; C07D 473/32 20060101 C07D473/32; A61P 35/00 20060101
A61P035/00; A61P 35/02 20060101 A61P035/02 |
Claims
1-32. (canceled)
33. A compound, wherein the compound is ##STR00183##
6-fluoro-3-phenyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H-quinazolin-4-one;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
34. The compound according to claim 33 wherein
6-fluoro-3-phenyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H-quinazolin-4-one
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is the
S-enantiomer.
35. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound according to
claim 33 and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable
excipient.
36. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 35 wherein the compound
6-fluoro-3-phenyl-2-1l-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H-quinazolin-4-one
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is the
S-enantiomer.
37. A method of inhibiting a growth or a proliferation of cancer
cells of hematopoietic origin comprising contacting the cancer
cells with an effective amount of a compound according to claim
33.
38. The method of claim 37 where the cancer cells are related to or
derived from B lymphocytes or B lymphocyte progenitors.
39. A method of treating a condition in a subject, wherein the
condition is cancer, comprising administering to a subject in need
thereof an effective amount of a compound, wherein the compound is
6-fluoro-3-phenyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H-quinazolin-4-one
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
40. The method according to claim 39, wherein the cancer is
leukemia, lymphoma or multiple myeloma.
41. The method according to claim 39, wherein the cancer is
selected from the group consisting of Burkitt's lymphoma, Hodgkins'
lymphoma, non-Hodgkins lymphoma, lymphocytic lymphoma, multiple
myeloma, lymphocytic leukemia, and chronic myeloid leukemia.
42. The method of claim 39, wherein the compound
6-fluoro-3-phenyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H-quinazolin-4-one
or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is the
S-enantiomer.
43. The method of claim 40, wherein the compound
6-fluoro-3-phenyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H-quinazolin-4-one
or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is the
S-enantiomer.
44. The method of claim 41, wherein the compound
6-fluoro-3-phenyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H-quinazolin-4-one
or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is the
S-enantiomer.
Description
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATION
[0001] This application claims the benefit of U.S. provisional
patent application Ser. No. 60/570,784, filed May 13, 2004, the
entire disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference.
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
[0002] The present invention relates generally to
phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase (PI3K) enzymes, and more particularly
to selective inhibitors of PI3K activity and methods of using such
inhibitors.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
[0003] Cell signaling via 3'-phosphorylated phosphoinositides has
been implicated in a variety of cellular processes, e.g., malignant
transformation, growth factor signaling, inflammation, and immunity
(see Rameh et al., J. Biol. Chem., 274:8347-8350 (1999) for a
review). The enzyme responsible for generating these phosphorylated
signaling products is phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase (PI 3-kinase;
PI3K). PI3K originally was identified as an activity associated
with viral oncoproteins and growth factor receptor tyrosine kinases
that phosphorylates phosphatidylinositol (PI) and its
phosphorylated derivatives at the 3'-hydroxyl of the inositol ring
(Panayotou et al., Trends Cell Biol 2:358-60 (1992)).
[0004] Levels of phosphatidylinositol-3,4,5-triphosphate (PIP3),
the primary product of PI 3-kinase activation, increase upon
treatment of cells with a variety of agonists. PI 3-kinase
activation, therefore, is believed to be involved in a range of
cellular responses including cell growth, differentiation, and
apoptosis (Parker et al., Curr. Biol., 5:577-99 (1995); Yao et al.,
Science, 267:2003-05 (1995)). Though the downstream targets of
phosphorylated lipids generated following PI 3-kinase activation
have not been well characterized, emerging evidence suggests that
pleckstrin-homology domain- and FYVE-finger domain-containing
proteins are activated when binding to various phosphatidylinositol
lipids (Sternmark et al., J. Cell. Sci., 112:4175-83 (1999); Lemmon
et al., Trends Cell Biol., 7:237-42 (1997)). In vitro, some
isoforms of protein kinase C (PKC) are directly activated by PIP3,
and the PKC-related protein kinase, PKB, has been shown to be
activated by PI 3-kinase (Burgering et al., Nature, 376:599-602
(1995)).
[0005] Presently, the PI 3-kinase enzyme family is divided into
three classes based on their substrate specificities. Class I PI3Ks
can phosphorylate phosphatidylinositol (PI),
phosphatidylinositol-4-phosphate, and
phosphatidylinositol-4,5-biphosphate (PIP2) to produce
phosphatidylinositol-3-phosphate (PIP),
phosphatidylinositol-3,4-biphosphate, and
phosphatidylinositol-3,4,5-triphosphate, respectively. Class II
PI3Ks phosphorylate PI and phosphatidylinositol-4-phosphate,
whereas Class III PI3Ks can only phosphorylate PI.
[0006] The initial purification and molecular cloning of PI
3-kinase revealed that it was a heterodimer consisting of p85 and
p110 subunits (Otsu et al., Cell, 65:91-104 (1991); Hiles et al.,
Cell, 70:419-29 (1992)). Since then, four distinct Class I PI3Ks
have been identified, designated PI3K .alpha., .beta., .delta., and
.gamma., each consisting of a distinct 110 kDa catalytic subunit
and a regulatory subunit. More specifically, three of the catalytic
subunits, i.e., p110.alpha., p110.beta., and p110.gamma., each
interact with the same regulatory subunit, i.e., p85, whereas
p110.gamma. interacts with a distinct p101 regulatory subunit. As
described below, the patterns of expression of each of these PI3Ks
in human cells and tissues also are distinct. Though a wealth of
information has been accumulated on the cellular functions of PI
3-kinases in general, the roles played by the individual isoforms
are largely unknown.
[0007] Cloning of bovine p110.alpha. has been described. This
protein was identified as related to the Saccharomyces cerevisiae
protein: Vps34p, a protein involved in vacuolar protein processing.
The recombinant p110.alpha. product was also shown to associate
with p85.alpha., to yield a PI3K activity in transfected COS-1
cells. See Hiles et al., Cell, 70, 419-29 (1992).
[0008] The cloning of a second human p110 isoform, designated
p110.beta., is described in Hu et al., Mol. Cell. Biol., 13:7677-88
(1993). This isoform is said to associate with p85 in cells, and to
be ubiquitously expressed, as p110.beta. mRNA has been found in
numerous human and mouse tissues, as well as in human umbilical
vein endothelial cells, Jurkat human leukemic T cells, 293 human
embryonic kidney cells, mouse 3T3 fibroblasts, HeLa cells, and NBT2
rat bladder carcinoma cells. Such wide expression suggests that the
p110.beta. isoform is broadly important in signaling pathways.
[0009] Identification of the p110.delta. isoform of PI 3-kinase is
described in Chantry et al., J. Biol. Chem., 272:19236-41 (1997).
It was observed that the human p110.delta. isoform is expressed in
a tissue-restricted fashion. It is expressed at high levels in
lymphocytes and lymphoid tissues, suggesting that the protein might
play a role in PI 3-kinase-mediated signaling in the immune system.
Details concerning the p110.delta. isoform also can be found in
U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,858,753; 5,822,910; and 5,985,589, each
incorporated herein by reference. See also, Vanhaesebroeck et al.,
Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 94:4330-5 (1997), and International
Publication No WO 97/46688.
[0010] In each of the PI3K.alpha., .beta., and .delta. subtypes,
the p85 subunit acts to localize PI 3-kinase to the plasma membrane
by the interaction of its SH2 domain with phosphorylated tyrosine
residues (present in an appropriate sequence context) in target
proteins (Rameh et al., Cell, 83:821-30 (1995)). Two isoforms of
p85 have been identified, p85.alpha., which is ubiquitously
expressed, and p85.beta., which is primarily found in the brain and
lymphoid tissues (Volinia et al., Oncogene, 7:789-93 (1992)).
Association of the p85 subunit to the PI 3-kinase p110.alpha.,
.beta., or .delta. catalytic subunits appears to be required for
the catalytic activity and stability of these enzymes. In addition,
the binding of Ras proteins also upregulates PI 3-kinase
activity.
[0011] The cloning of p110.gamma. revealed still further complexity
within the PI3K family of enzymes (Stoyanov et al., Science,
269:690-93 (1995)). The p110.gamma. isoform is closely related to
p110.alpha. and p110.beta. (45-48% identity in the catalytic
domain), but as noted does not make use of p85 as a targeting
subunit. Instead, p110.gamma. contains an additional domain termed
a "pleckstrin homology domain" near its amino terminus. This domain
allows interaction of p110.gamma. with the .beta..gamma. subunits
of heterotrimeric G proteins and this interaction appears to
regulate its activity.
[0012] The p101 regulatory subunit for PI3 Kgamma was originally
cloned in swine, and the human ortholog identified subsequently
(Krugmann et al., J. Biol. Chem., 274:17152-8 (1999)). Interaction
between the N-terminal region of p101 with the N-terminal region of
p110.gamma. appears to be critical for the PI3K.gamma. activation
through G.beta..gamma. mentioned above.
[0013] A constitutively active PI3K polypeptide is described in
International Publication No. WO 96/25488. This publication
discloses preparation of a chimeric fusion protein in which a
102-residue fragment of p85 known as the inter-SH2 (iSH2) region is
fused through a linker region to the N-terminus of murine p110. The
p85 iSH2 domain apparently is able to activate PI3K activity in a
manner comparable to intact p85 (Klippel et al., Mol. Cell. Biol.,
14:2675-85 (1994)).
[0014] Thus, PI 3-kinases can be defined by their amino acid
identity or by their activity. Additional members of this growing
gene family include more distantly related lipid and protein
kinases including Vps34 TOR1, TOR2 of Saccharomyces cerevisiae (and
their mammalian homologs such as FRAP and mTOR), the ataxia
telangiectasia gene product (ATR), and the catalytic subunit of
DNA-dependent protein kinase (DNA-PK). See generally, Hunter, Cell,
83:1-4 (1995).
[0015] PI 3-kinase also appears to be involved in a number of
aspects of leukocyte activation. A p85-associated PI 3-kinase
activity has been shown to physically associate with the
cytoplasmic domain of CD28, which is an important costimulatory
molecule for the activation of T-cells in response to antigen
(Pages et al., Nature, 369:327-29 (1994); Rudd, Immunity, 4:527-34
(1996)). Activation of T cells through CD28 lowers the threshold
for activation by antigen and increases the magnitude and duration
of the proliferative response. These effects are linked to
increases in the transcription of a number of genes including
interleukin-2 (IL2), an important T cell growth factor (Fraser et
al., Science, 251:313-16 (1991)). Mutation of CD28 such that it can
no longer interact with PI 3-kinase leads to a failure to initiate
IL2 production, suggesting a critical role for PI 3-kinase in T
cell activation.
[0016] Specific inhibitors against individual members of a family
of enzymes provide invaluable tools for deciphering functions of
each enzyme. Two compounds, LY294002 and wortmannin, have been
widely used as PI 3-kinase inhibitors. These compounds, however,
are nonspecific PI3K inhibitors, as they do not distinguish among
the four members of Class I PI 3-kinases. For example, the
IC.sub.50 values of wortmannin against each of the various Class I
PI 3-kinases are in the range of 1-10 nM. Similarly, the IC.sub.50
values for LY294002 against each of these PI 3-kinases is about 1
.mu.M (Fruman et al., Ann. Rev. Biochem., 67:481-507 (1998)).
Hence, the utility of these compounds in studying the roles of
individual Class I PI 3-kinases is limited.
##STR00001##
[0017] Based on studies using wortmannin, evidence exists that PI
3-kinase function also is required for some aspects of leukocyte
signaling through G-protein coupled receptors (Thelen et al., Proc.
Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 91:4960-64 (1994)). Moreover, it has been
shown that wortmannin and LY294002 block neutrophil migration and
superoxide release. However, because these compounds do not
distinguish among the various isoforms of PI3K, it remains unclear
which particular PI3K isoform or isoforms are involved in these
phenomena.
[0018] In view of the above considerations, it is clear that
existing knowledge is lacking with respect to structural and
functional features of the PI 3-kinase enzymes, including
subcellular localization, activation states, substrate affinities,
and the like. Moreover, the functions that these enzymes perform in
both normal and diseased tissues remains to be elucidated. In
particular, the function of PI3K.delta. in leukocytes has not been
characterized previously, and knowledge concerning its function in
human physiology remains limited. The coexpression in these tissues
of other PI3K isoforms has heretofore confounded efforts to
segregate the activities of each enzyme. Furthermore, separation of
the activities of the various PI3K isozymes may not be possible
without identification of inhibitors that demonstrate selective
inhibition characteristics. Indeed, applicants presently are not
aware that such selective, or better, specific, inhibitors of PI3K
isozymes have been demonstrated.
[0019] Thus, a need exists in the art for further structural
characterization of the PI3K.delta. polypeptide. A need also exists
for functional characterization of PI3K.delta.. Furthermore,
understanding of PI3K.delta. requires further elaboration of the
structural interactions of p110.delta., both with its regulatory
subunit and with other proteins in the cell. A need also remains
for selective or specific inhibitors of PI3K isozymes, such that
the functions of each isozyme can be better characterized. In
particular, selective or specific inhibitors of PI3K.delta. are
desirable for exploring the role of this isozyme and for
development of pharmaceuticals to modulate activity of the
isozyme.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
[0020] One aspect of the present invention is to provide compounds
capable of inhibiting the biological activity of human PI3K.delta..
Another aspect of the present invention is to provide compounds
that inhibit PI3K.delta. selectively compared to the other PI3K
isoforms. Still another aspect of the invention is to provide a
method of selectively modulating human PI3K.delta. activity, and
thereby promote medical treatment of diseases mediated by
PI3K.delta. dysfunction. Yet another aspect of the invention is to
provide a method of characterizing the function of human
PI3K.delta..
[0021] Another aspect of the present invention is to provide a
method of disrupting leukocyte function comprising contacting
leukocytes with a compound that selectively inhibits
phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase delta (PI3K.delta.) activity in the
leukocytes. The leukocytes can comprise cells selected from the
group consisting of neutrophils, B lymphocytes, T lymphocytes, and
basophils.
[0022] For example, in cases wherein the leukocytes comprise
neutrophils, the method comprises disrupting at least one
neutrophil function selected from the group consisting of
stimulated superoxide release, stimulated exocytosis, and
chemotactic migration. Preferably, the method does not
substantially disrupt bacterial phagocytosis or bacterial killing
by the neutrophils. In cases wherein the leukocytes comprise B
lymphocytes, the method comprises disrupting proliferation of the B
lymphocytes or antibody production by the B lymphocytes. In cases
wherein the leukocytes comprise T lymphocytes, the method comprises
disrupting proliferation of the T lymphocytes. In cases wherein the
leukocytes comprise basophils, the method comprises disrupting
histamine release by the basophils.
[0023] In the present method, it is preferred that the PI3K.delta.
inhibitor is selective. It is preferred that the PI3K.delta.
inhibitor is at least about 100-fold selective for inhibition of
p110.delta. relative to p110.alpha., at least about 40-fold
selective relative to p110.beta., and at least about 10-fold
selective relative to p110.gamma. in a biochemical assay.
[0024] Compounds of the present invention are capable of inhibiting
PI3K.delta. activity and have a structural formula (I):
##STR00002##
[0025] wherein
[0026] X and Y, independently, are N or CR.sup.c;
[0027] Z is N--R.sup.7 or O;
[0028] R.sup.1 are the same and are hydrogen, halo, or
C.sub.1-3alkyl;
[0029] R.sup.2 and R.sup.3, independently, are hydrogen, halo, or
C.sub.1-3alkyl;
[0030] R.sup.4 is hydrogen, halo, OR.sup.a, CN, C.sub.2-6alkynyl,
C(.dbd.O)R.sup.a, C(.dbd.O)NR.sup.aR.sup.b,
C.sub.3-6heterocycloalkyl,
C.sub.1-3alkyleneC.sub.3-6heterocycloalkyl,
OC.sub.1-3alkyleneOR.sup.a, OC.sub.1-3alkyleneNR.sup.aR.sup.b,
OC.sub.1-3alkyleneC.sub.3-6cycloalkyl, OC.sub.3-6heterocycloalkyl,
OC.sub.1-3alkyleneC.ident.CH, or
OC.sub.1-3alkyleneC(.dbd.O)NR.sup.aR.sup.b;
[0031] R.sup.5 is C.sub.1-3alkyl, CH.sub.2CF.sub.3, phenyl,
CH.sub.2C.ident.CH, C.sub.1-3alkyleneOR.sup.e,
C.sub.1-4alkyleneNR.sup.aR.sup.b, or
C.sub.1-4alkyleneNHC(.dbd.O)OR.sup.a,
[0032] R.sup.6 is hydrogen, halo, or NR.sup.aR.sup.b;
[0033] R.sup.7 is hydrogen or R.sup.5 and R.sup.7 are taken
together with the atoms to which they are attached to form a five-
or six-membered saturated ring;
[0034] R.sup.8 is C.sub.1-3alkyl, halo, CF.sub.3, or
CH.sub.2C.sub.3-6heterocycloalkyl;
[0035] n is 0, 1, or 2;
[0036] R.sup.a is hydrogen, C.sub.1-4alkyl, or
CH.sub.2C.sub.6H.sub.5;
[0037] R.sup.b is hydrogen or C.sub.1-3alkyl; and
[0038] R.sup.c is hydrogen, C.sub.1-3alkyl, or halo,
[0039] wherein when the R.sup.1 groups are different from hydrogen,
R.sup.2 and R.sup.4 are the same;
[0040] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or prodrug, or
solvate (e.g., hydrate) thereof.
[0041] Another aspect of the present invention is to provide
compounds of structural formula (II) and capable of inhibiting
PI3K.delta. activity:
##STR00003##
[0042] wherein X, Y, Z, R.sup.1 through R.sup.8, R.sup.a, R.sup.b,
R.sup.c, and n are as defined above,
[0043] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or prodrug, or
solvate (e.g., hydrate) thereof.
[0044] Another aspect of the present invention is to provide a
method of treating a medical condition mediated by neutrophils
comprising administering to a mammal in need thereof a
therapeutically effective amount of a compound of structural
formulae (I) or (II). Exemplary medical conditions that can be
treated according to the method include those conditions
characterized by an undesirable neutrophil function selected from
the group consisting of stimulated superoxide release, stimulated
exocytosis, and chemotactic migration. Preferably, according to the
method, phagocytic activity or bacterial killing by neutrophils is
substantially uninhibited.
[0045] Still another aspect of the present invention is to provide
a method of disrupting a function of osteoclasts comprising
contacting osteoclasts with a compound of structural formulae (I)
or (II).
[0046] Another aspect of the present invention is to provide a
method of ameliorating a bone-resorption disorder in a mammal in
need thereof comprising administering to the mammal a
therapeutically effective amount of a compound of structural
formulae (I) or (II). A preferred bone-resorption disorder amenable
to treatment according to the method is osteoporosis.
[0047] Yet another aspect of the present invention is to provide a
method of inhibiting the growth or proliferation of cancer cells of
hematopoietic origin comprising contacting the cancer cells with a
compound of structural formulae (I) or (II). The method can be
advantageous in inhibiting the growth or proliferation of cancers
selected from the group consisting of lymphomas, multiple myelomas,
and leukemias.
[0048] Another aspect of the present invention is to provide a
method of inhibiting kinase activity of a PI3K.delta. polypeptide
comprising contacting the PI3K.delta. polypeptide with a compound
of structural formulae (I) or (II).
[0049] Still another aspect of the present invention is to provide
a method of disrupting leukocyte function comprising contacting
leukocytes with a compound of structural formulae (I) or (II).
[0050] Another aspect of the present invention is to provide
compounds of structural formulae (I) or (II) that inhibit
PI3K.delta. activity in biochemical and cell-based assays, and
exhibit a therapeutic benefit in treating medical conditions
wherein PI3K.delta. activity is excessive or undesirable.
[0051] Another aspect of the present invention is to provide
pharmaceutical compositions comprising one or more compounds of
structural formulae (I) or (II), and use of the compositions in a
therapeutic treatment, wherein inhibition of the PI3K.delta.
polypeptide, in vivo or ex vivo, provides a therapeutic benefit or
is of research or diagnostic interest.
[0052] Another aspect of the present invention is to provide an
article of manufacture for human pharmaceutical use comprising:
[0053] (a) a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of
structural formulae (I) or (II); and,
[0054] (b) a container, optionally further comprising a package
insert providing that the composition is useful in the treatment of
a disease or disorder mediated by PI3K.delta. activity.
[0055] Another aspect of the present invention is to provide:
[0056] (a) pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of
structural formulae (I) or (II); and,
[0057] (b) a container, optionally further comprising a package
insert providing that the composition is useful in the treatment of
a bone-resorption disorder or a cancer of a hematopoietic
origin.
[0058] These and other aspects and advantages of the present
invention will become apparent from the following detailed
description of the preferred embodiments, which are provided to
enhance the understanding of the invention without limiting the
scope of the invention.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS
[0059] The present invention provides compounds that selectively
inhibit the activity of PI3K.delta.. The present invention further
provides methods of using the compounds for inhibiting PI3K.delta.
activity, including methods of selectively modulating the activity
of the PI3K.delta. isozyme in cells, especially leukocytes,
osteoclasts, and cancer cells. The methods include in vitro, in
vivo, and ex vivo applications.
[0060] Of particular benefit are methods of using the compounds of
the invention for selectively modulating PI3K.delta. activity in
clinical settings to ameliorate diseases or disorders mediated by
PI3K.delta. activity. Thus, treatment of diseases or disorders
characterized by excessive or inappropriate PI3K.delta. activity
can be treated through administration of selective modulators of
PI3K.delta..
[0061] Moreover, the invention provides pharmaceutical compositions
comprising a selective PI3K.delta. inhibitor of structural formulae
(I) or (II). Also provided are articles of manufacture comprising a
selective PI3K.delta. inhibitor compound (or a pharmaceutical
composition comprising the compound) and instructions for using the
compound. Other methods of the invention include enabling the
further characterization of the physiological role of the
isozyme.
[0062] The methods described herein benefit from the use of
compounds that selectively inhibit, and preferably specifically
inhibit, the activity of PI3K.delta. in cells, including cells in
vitro, in vivo, or ex vivo. Cells treated by methods of the present
invention include those that express endogenous PI3K.delta.,
wherein endogenous indicates that the cells express PI3K.delta.
absent recombinant introduction into the cells of one or more
polynucleotides encoding a PI3K.delta. polypeptide or a
biologically active fragment thereof. The present methods also
encompass use of cells that express exogenous PI3K.delta., wherein
one or more polynucleotides encoding PI3K.delta. or a biologically
active fragment thereof have been introduced into the cell using
recombinant procedures.
[0063] The cells can be in vivo, i.e., in a living subject, e.g., a
mammal, including humans, wherein a PI3K.delta. inhibitor can be
used therapeutically to inhibit PI3K.delta. activity in the
subject. Alternatively, the cells can be isolated as discrete cells
or in a tissue, for ex vivo or in vitro methods. In vitro methods
encompassed by the invention can comprise the step of contacting a
PI3K.delta. enzyme or a biologically active fragment thereof with
an inhibitor compound of the invention. The PI3K.delta. enzyme can
include a purified and isolated enzyme, wherein the enzyme is
isolated from a natural source (e.g., cells or tissues that
normally express a PI3K.delta. polypeptide absent modification by
recombinant technology) or isolated from cells modified by
recombinant techniques to express exogenous enzyme.
[0064] Compounds of the invention potently inhibit p110.delta..
Potency typically is expressed as the concentration of a compound
required to achieve a certain result. The greater the potency, the
less compound required to perform its intended function. In vitro
potency typically is expressed in terms of IC.sub.50 values
measured using a dose-response assay. IC.sub.50 values can be
measured by contacting a sensitive assay system with a compound of
interest over a range of concentrations, including concentrations
at which no or minimal effect is observed, through higher
concentrations at which partial effect is observed, to saturating
concentrations at which a maximum effect is observed.
Theoretically, such assays of the dose-response effect of inhibitor
compounds can be described as a sigmoidal curve expressing a degree
of inhibition as a function of concentration when plotted on a log
scale. The curve also theoretically passes through a point at which
the concentration is sufficient to reduce activity of the
p110.delta. enzyme to a level that is 50% that of the difference
between minimal and maximal enzyme activity observed in the assay.
This concentration is defined as the Inhibitory Concentration at
50% inhibition or IC.sub.50 value.
[0065] IC.sub.50 values can be determined using either conventional
biochemical (acellular) assay techniques or cell-based assay
techniques well known to those of ordinary skill in the art. An
example of such an assay is provided in the examples below.
Preferably, IC.sub.50 values are obtained by performing the
relevant assay at least twice, with the IC.sub.50 value expressed
as the average (arithmetic means, or "mean") of the individual
values obtained. More preferably, the assay is repeated from 3 to
10 (or more) times, with the IC.sub.50 value expressed as the mean
of the values obtained. Still more preferably, the assay is
performed a number of times sufficient to generate a statistically
reliable mean IC.sub.50 value, using statistical methods known to
those of ordinary skill in the art.
[0066] Compounds of formulae (I) and (II) exhibit unexpectedly low
IC.sub.50 values relative to PI3K.delta., corresponding to
unexpectedly high in vitro potency. In various embodiments,
compounds of formulae (I) and (II), when assayed as described in
Example 14 below, exhibit PI3K.delta. IC.sub.50 values of less than
about 250 nM, less than about 200 nM, less than about 150 nM, less
than about 125 nM, less than about 100 nM, less than about 75 nM,
less than about 50 nM, less than about 25 nM, less than about 10
nM, and in others less than about 5 nM. In other embodiments, the
compounds of the invention exhibit IC.sub.50 values from about 0.1
nM to about 5 nM.
[0067] The compounds of formulae (I) and (II) are selective
PI3K.delta. inhibitors. The term "selective PI3K.delta. inhibitor"
as used herein refers to a compound that inhibits the PI3K.delta.
isozyme more effectively than other isozymes of the PI3K family. A
"selective PI3K.delta. inhibitor" compound is understood to be more
selective for PI3K.delta. than compounds conventionally and
generically designated PI3K inhibitors, e.g., wortmannin or
LY294002. Concomitantly, wortmannin and LY294002 are deemed
"nonselective PI3K inhibitors." Moreover, compounds of the present
invention selectively negatively regulate PI3K.delta. expression or
activity and possess acceptable pharmacological properties for use
in the therapeutic methods of the invention.
[0068] Accordingly, a selective inhibitor alternatively can be
understood to refer to at least one compound that exhibits a 50%
inhibitory concentration (IC.sub.50) with respect to PI3K.delta.
that is at least about 50-fold, at least about 100-fold, at least
about 150-fold, at least about 200-fold, at least about 250-fold,
at least about 300-fold, at least about 350-fold, at least about
400-fold, at least about 500-fold, at least about 600-fold, at
least about 700-fold, at least about 800-fold, at least about
900-fold, or at least about 1000-fold lower than the IC.sub.50
value for PI3K.alpha.. In alternative embodiments, the term
selective inhibitor can be understood to refer to at least one
compound that exhibits an IC.sub.50 with respect to PI3K.delta.
that is at least about 5-fold, at least about 10-fold, at least
about 20-fold, at least about 30-fold, at least about 40-fold, at
least about 50-fold, at least about 60-fold, at least about
70-fold, at least about 80-fold, at least about 90-fold, or at
least about 100-fold lower than the IC.sub.50 for PI3K.gamma.. In
further embodiments, the term selective inhibitor can be understood
to refer to at least one compound that exhibits an IC.sub.50 with
respect to PI3K.delta. that is at least about 5-fold, at least
about 10-fold, at least about 20-fold, at least about 30-fold, at
least about 40-fold, at least about 50-fold, at least about
75-fold, at least about 100-fold, at least about 125-fold, at least
about 150-fold, at least about 175-fold, at least about 200-fold,
at least about 250-fold, at least about 300-fold, or at least about
350-fold lower than the IC.sub.50 for PI3K.beta.. The selective
inhibitors are typically administered in an amount such that they
selectively inhibit PI3K.delta., as described above.
[0069] The most preferred compounds of the present invention,
therefore, have a low IC.sub.50 value vs. PI3K.delta. (i.e., the
compound is a potent inhibitor), and are selective with respect to
inhibiting PI3K.delta. relative to at least one of PI3K.alpha.,
PI3K.beta., and PI3K.gamma..
[0070] "In vivo" means within a living subject, as within an animal
or human. In this context, agents can be used therapeutically in
vivo to retard or eliminate the proliferation of aberrantly
replicating cells. The agents also can be used in vivo as a
prophylactic to prevent aberrant cell proliferation or the
manifestation of symptoms associated therewith.
[0071] "Ex vivo" means outside a living subject. Examples of ex
vivo cell populations include cell cultures and biological samples
such as fluid or tissue samples from humans or animals. Such
samples can be obtained by methods well known in the art. Exemplary
biological fluid samples include blood, cerebrospinal fluid, urine,
saliva. Exemplary tissue samples include tumors and biopsies. In
this context, the present compounds can be in numerous
applications, both therapeutic and experimental.
[0072] The term "container" means any receptacle and closure
therefor suitable for storing, shipping, dispensing, and/or
handling a pharmaceutical product.
[0073] The term "package insert" means information accompanying the
product that provides a description of how to administer the
product, along with the safety and efficacy data required to allow
the physician, pharmacist, or patient to make an informed decision
regarding use of the product. For a pharmaceutical product approved
for use in humans or animals, the approving authority may specify
the content of the package insert, and such a package insert may be
referred to informally as the "label" for the product. as the
"label" for the product.
[0074] In one embodiment, the present invention provides a method
of inhibiting leukocyte function. More particularly, the present
invention provides methods of inhibiting or suppressing functions
of neutrophils and T and B lymphocytes. With respect to
neutrophils, it unexpectedly has been found that inhibition of
PI3K.delta. activity inhibits functions of neutrophils. For
example, it has been observed that the compounds of the present
invention elicit inhibition of classical neutrophil functions, such
as stimulated superoxide production, stimulated exocytosis, and
chemotactic migration. However, it further has been observed that a
method of the present invention permits suppression of certain
functions of neutrophils, while not substantially affecting other
functions of these cells. For example, it has been observed that
phagocytosis of bacteria by neutrophils is not substantially
inhibited by the selective PI3K.delta. inhibitor compounds of the
present invention.
[0075] Thus, the present invention includes methods of inhibiting
neutrophil functions, without substantially inhibiting phagocytosis
of bacteria. Neutrophil functions suitable for inhibition according
to the present method include any function mediated by PI3K.delta.
activity or expression. Such functions include, without limitation,
stimulated superoxide release, stimulated exocytosis or
degranulation, chemotactic migration, adhesion to vascular
endothelium (e.g., tethering/rolling of neutrophils, triggering of
neutrophil activity, and/or latching of neutrophils to
endothelium), transmural diapedesis, or emigration through the
endothelium to peripheral tissues. In general, these functions can
be collectively termed "inflammatory functions," as they are
typically related to neutrophil response to inflammation. The
inflammatory functions of neutrophils can be distinguished from the
bacterial killing functions exhibited by these cells, e.g.,
phagocytosis and killing of bacteria. Accordingly, the present
invention further includes methods of treating disease states in
which one or more of the inflammatory functions of neutrophils are
abnormal or undesirable.
[0076] The compounds of the present invention may be used to
inhibit an endogenous immune response stimulated by at least one
endogenous factor without substantially inhibiting an exogenous
immune response stimulated by at least one exogenous factor as
disclosed in US 2005/0043239 A1, which is incorporated herein by
reference. The compounds of the present invention may also be used
to inhibit an endogenous immune response stimulated by at least one
endogenous factor without substantially inhibiting immune
responsiveness, as disclosed in US 2005/0043239 A1. Accordingly,
the compounds of the invention advantageously permit treatment of
conditions associated with an undesirable endogenous immune
response stimulated by at least one endogenous factor without
compromising the ability to fight infection.
[0077] The compounds of the present invention may also be used to
inhibit leukocyte accumulation as disclosed in US 2005/0054614 A1.
The compounds may also be used to inhibit leukocyte tethering to
endothelial cells and to inhibit leukocyte transmigration into
inflamed tissue, as disclosed in US 2005/0043239 A1. Accordingly,
the compounds of the invention advantageously permit treatment of
individuals having an inflammatory condition where leukocytes are
found to be accumulating at the site of insult or inflamed
tissue.
[0078] It further has been established that PI3K.delta. plays a
role in the stimulated proliferation of lymphocytes, including B
cells and T cells. Moreover, PI3K.delta. appears to play a role in
stimulated secretion of antibodies by B cells. Selective
PI3K.delta. inhibitor compounds of the present invention have been
employed to establish that these phenomena can be abrogated by
inhibition of PI3K.delta.. Thus, the present invention includes
methods of using compounds of structural formulae (I) or (II) for
inhibiting lymphocyte proliferation, or for inhibiting antibody
production by B lymphocytes. Other methods enabled by the present
invention include methods of treating disease states in which one
or more of these lymphocyte functions are abnormal or
undesirable.
[0079] The methods of this invention can be practiced using
compounds of structural formulae (I) or (II). The methods can be
practiced using a racemic mixture of the compounds or a specific
enantiomer. In preferred embodiments, the S-enantiomer of the
compounds are utilized in the present methods.
[0080] The methods can be practiced using, for example, the
following compounds of the invention, but the invention is not
limited to these compounds. Exemplary compounds include
5-methyl-3-phenyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-propyl]-3H-quinazolin-4-one;
2-[1-(2-fluoro-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-5-methyl-3-phenyl-3H-quinazolin-
-4-one;
3-(2,6-difluoro-phenyl)-5-methyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]--
3H-quinazolin-4-one;
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3-(2,6-difluoro-phenyl)-5-methyl-
-3H-quinazolin-4-one;
3-(2,6-difluoro-phenyl)-2-[1-(2-fluoro-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-5-methy-
l-3H-quinazolin-4-one;
3-(2,6-difluoro-phenyl)-5-methyl-2-[1-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ylami-
no)-ethyl]-3H-quinazolin-4-one;
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-propyl]-5-methyl-3-phenyl-3H-quinazolin-
-4-one;
5-methyl-3-phenyl-2-[1-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-prop-
yl]-3H-quinazolin-4-one;
2-[1-(2-fluoro-9h-purin-6-ylamino)-propyl]-5-methyl-3-phenyl-3h-quinazoli-
n-4-one;
5-methyl-3-phenyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H-quinazolin--
4-one;
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-5-methyl-3-phenyl-3H-quina-
zolin-4-one;
2-[2-benzyloxy-1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-5-methyl-3-phenyl-3H-quinazo-
lin-4-one;
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-2-benzyloxy-ethyl]-5-methyl-3-
-phenyl-3H-quinazolin-4-one;
2-[2-benzyloxy-1-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-ethyl]-5-methyl-3-
-phenyl-3H-quinazolin-4-one;
2-[2-benzyloxy-1-(2-fluoro-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-5-methyl-3-phenyl-3-
H-quinazolin-4-one;
3-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-5-methyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H-quinazol-
in-4-one;
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-5-m-
ethyl-3H-quinazolin-4-one;
3-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-2-[1-(2-fluoro-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-5-methyl-3H-
-quinazolin-4-one;
3-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-5-methyl-2-[1-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ylamino)--
ethyl]-3H-quinazolin-4-one;
5-methyl-3-phenyl-2-[1-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H-q-
uinazolin-4-one;
3-(3-fluoro-phenyl)-5-methyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H-quinazol-
in-4-one;
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3-(3-fluoro-phenyl)-5-m-
ethyl-3H-quinazolin-4-one;
3-(3-fluoro-phenyl)-5-methyl-2-[1-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ylamino)--
ethyl]-3H-quinazolin-4-one;
5-methyl-3-phenyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-yl)-pyrrolidin-2-yl]-3H-quinazolin-4-o-
ne;
2-[2-hydroxy-1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-5-methyl-3-phenyl-3H-quinaz-
olin-4-one;
5-methyl-3-phenyl-2-[phenyl-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-methyl]-3H-quinazolin-4--
one;
2-[(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-phenyl-methyl]-5-methyl-3-phenyl-3H-q-
uinazolin-4-one;
2-[(2-fluoro-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-phenyl-methyl]-5-methyl-3-phenyl-3H-quin-
azolin-4-one;
5-methyl-3-phenyl-2-[phenyl-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-methyl-
]-3H-quinazolin-4-one;
5-fluoro-3-phenyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H-quinazolin-4-one;
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-5-fluoro-3-phenyl-3H-quinazolin--
4-one;
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-5-chloro-3-phenyl-3H-quina-
zolin-4-one;
[5-(5-methyl-4-oxo-3-phenyl-3,4-dihydro-quinazolin-2-yl)-5-(9H-purin-6-yl-
amino)-pentyl]-carbamic acid benzyl ester;
[5-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-5-(5-methyl-4-oxo-3-phenyl-3,4-dihydro-qu-
inazolin-2-yl)-pentyl]-carbamic acid benzyl ester;
[4-(5-methyl-4-oxo-3-phenyl-3,4-dihydro-quinazolin-2-yl)-4-(9H-purin-6-yl-
amino)-butyl]-carbamic acid benzyl ester;
[4-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-4-(5-methyl-4-oxo-3-phenyl-3,4-dihydro-qu-
inazolin-2-yl)-butyl]-carbamic acid benzyl ester;
3-phenyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H-quinazolin-4-one;
2-[5-amino-1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-pentyl]-5-methyl-3-phenyl-3H-quinazolin-
-4-one);
2-[5-amino-1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-pentyl]-5-methyl-3-phen-
yl-3H-quinazolin-4-one;
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3-(2,6-Dimethyl-phenyl)-5-methyl-
-3H-quinazolin-4-one;
3-(2,6-dimethyl-phenyl)-5-methyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H-quin-
azolin-4-one;
5-morpholin-4-ylmethyl-3-phenyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H-quina-
zolin-4-one;
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-5-morpholin-4ylmethyl-3-phenyl-3-
H-quinazolin-4-one;
2-[4-amino-1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-butyl]-5-methyl-3-phenyl-3H-qui-
nazolin-4-one;
6-fluoro-3-phenyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H-quinazolin-4-one;
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-6-fluoro-3-phenyl-3H-quinazolin--
4-one;
2-[2-tert-butoxy-1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-5-methyl-3-phenyl-3H-
-quinazolin-4-one;
3-(3-methyl-phenyl)-5-methyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H-quinazol-
in-4-one;
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3-(3-methyl-phenyl)-5-m-
ethyl-3H-quinazolin-4-one;
3-(3-chloro-phenyl)-5-methyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H-quinazol-
in-4-one;
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3-(3-chloro-phenyl)-5-m-
ethyl-3H-quinazolin-4-one;
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-2-hydroxy-ethyl]-5-methyl-3-phenyl-3H-q-
uinazolin-4-one;
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3-(3-fluoro-phenyl)-3H-quinazoli-
n-4-one;
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3-(2,6-difluoro-phenyl)--
3H-quinazolin-4-one;
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-propyl]-5-fluoro-3-phenyl-3H-quinazolin-
-4-one;
5-chloro-3-(3-fluoro-phenyl)-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H-q-
uinazolin-4-one;
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-5-chloro-3-(3-fluoro-phenyl)-3H--
quinazolin-4-one;
3-phenyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-5-trifluoromethyl-3H-quinazolin-
-4-one;
3-(2,6-difluoro-phenyl)-5-methyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-propyl]-
-3H-quinazolin-4-one;
3-(2,6-difluoro-phenyl)-5-methyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H-quin-
azolin-4-one;
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-propyl]-3-(2,6-difluoro-phenyl)-5-methy-
l-3H-quinazolin-4-one;
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3-(2,6-difluoro-phenyl)-5-methyl-
-3H-quinazolin-4-one;
3-(3,5-dichloro-phenyl)-5-methyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H-quin-
azolin-4-one;
3-(2,6-dichloro-phenyl)-5-methyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H-quin-
azolin-4-one;
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3-(2,6-dichloro-phenyl)-5-methyl-
-3H-quinazolin-4-one;
5-chloro-3-phenyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-propyl]-3H-quinazolin-4-one;
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-propyl]-5-chloro-3-phenyl-3H-quinazolin-
-4-one;
5-methyl-3-phenyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-butyl]-3H-quinazolin-4-
-one;
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-butyl]-5-methyl-3-phenyl-3H-quinaz-
olin-4-one;
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3-(3,5-dichloro-phenyl)-5-methyl-
-3H-quinazolin-4-one;
5-methyl-3-(3-morpholin-4-ylmethyl-phenyl)-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethy-
l]-3H-quinazolin-4-one;
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-5-methyl-3-(3-morpholin-4-ylmeth-
yl-phenyl)-3H-quinazolin-4-one;
2-[1-(5-bromo-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-ethyl]-5-methyl-3-phe-
nyl-3H-quinazolin-4-one;
5-methyl-2-[1-(5-methyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-ethyl]-3-ph-
enyl-3H-quinazolin-4-one;
2-[1-(5-fluoro-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-ethyl]-5-methyl-3-ph-
enyl-3H-quinazolin-4-one;
2-[2-hydroxy-1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3-phenyl-3H-quinazolin-4-one;
3-(3,5-difluoro-phenyl)-5-methyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-propyl]-3H-qui-
nazolin-4-one;
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-propyl]-3-(3,5-difluoro-phenyl)-5-methy-
l-3H-quinazolin-4-one;
3-(3,5-difluoro-phenyl)-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H-quinazolin-4--
one;
2-[1-(5-bromo-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-ethyl]-3-(3-fluor-
o-phenyl)-5-methyl-3H-quinazolin-4-one;
3-(3-fluoro-phenyl)-5-methyl-2-[1-(5-methyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4--
ylamino)-ethyl]-3H-quinazolin-4-one;
3-phenyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-propyl]-3H-quinazolin-4-one;
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3-(3,5-difluoro-phenyl)-3H-quina-
zolin-4-one;
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-propyl]-3-phenyl-3H-quinazolin-4-one;
6,7-difluoro-3-phenyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H-quinazolin-4-on-
e;
6-fluoro-3-(3-fluoro-phenyl)-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H-quinaz-
olin-4-one;
2-[4-diethylamino-1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-butyl]-5-methyl-3-phenyl-3H-quin-
azolin-4-one;
5-fluoro-3-phenyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-propyl]-3H-quinazolin-4-one;
3-phenyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H-quinazolin-4-one;
6-fluoro-3-phenyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H-quinazolin-4-one;
3-(3,5-difluoro-phenyl)-5-methyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H-quin-
azolin-4-one;
5-fluoro-2-[1-(2-fluoro-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3-phenyl-3H-quinazolin-
-4-one;
3-(3-fluoro-phenyl)-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H-quinazolin-
-4-one;
5-chloro-3-(3,5-difluoro-phenyl)-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-propyl]-
-3H-quinazolin-4-one;
3-(2,6-difluoro-phenyl)-5-methyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H-quin-
azolin-4-one;
3-(2,6-difluoro-phenyl)-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H-quinazolin-4--
one;
5-Methyl-3-phenyl-2-[3,3,3-trifluoro-1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-propyl]-3-
H-quinazolin-4-one;
3-(3-hydroxy-phenyl)-5-methyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H-quinazo-
lin-4-one;
3-(3-methoxy-phenyl)-5-methyl-2-{1-[9H-purin-6-ylamino]-ethyl}--
3H-quinazolin-4-one;
3-[3-(2-dimethylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5-methyl-2-{1-[9H-purin-6-ylamino]--
ethyl}-3H-quinazolin-4-one;
3-(3-cyclopropylmethoxy-phenyl)-5-methyl-2-{1-[9H-purin-6-ylamino]-ethyl}-
-3H-quinazolin-4-one;
5-methyl-3-(3-prop-2-ynyloxy-phenyl)-2-{1-[9H-purin-6-ylamino]-ethyl}-3H--
quinazolin-4-one;
2-{1-[2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino]ethyl}-3-(3-hydroxyphenyl)-5-methyl-3H-q-
uinazolin-4-one;
2-{1-[2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino]ethyl}-3-(3-methoxyphenyl)-5-methyl-3H-q-
uinazolin-4-one;
2-{1-[2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino]ethyl}-3-(3-cyclopropylmethoxy-phenyl)-5-
-methyl-3H-quinazolin-4-one;
2-{1-[2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino]ethyl}-5-methyl-3-(3-prop-2-ynyloxy-phen-
yl)-3H-quinazolin-4-one;
3-(3-ethynyl-phenyl)-5-methyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H-quinazo-
lin-4-one;
3-{5-methyl-4-oxo-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-4H-quinazoli-
n-3-yl}-benzonitrile;
3-{5-methyl-4-oxo-2-{1-[9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-4H-quinazolin-3-yl}-be-
nzamide;
3-(3-acetyl-phenyl)-5-methyl-2-{1-[9H-purin-6-ylamino]-ethyl}-3H--
quinazolin-4-one;
2-(3-(5-methyl-4-oxo-2-{1-[9H-purin-6-ylamino]-ethyl}-4H-quinazolin-3-yl--
phenoxy acetamide;
5-methyl-2-{1-[9H-purin-6-ylamino]-ethyl}-3-[3-(tetrahydropuran-4-yloxy)--
phenyl]-3H-quinazolin-4-one;
3-[3-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5-methyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-
-3H-quinazolin-4-one;
6-fluoro-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)ethyl]-3-[3-(tetrahydro-pyran-4-yloxy)--
phenyl]-3H-quinazolin-4-one;
3-[3-(3-dimethylamino-propoxy)-phenyl]-5-methyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-
-ethyl]-3H-quinazolin-4-one;
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3-(3-ethynyl-phenyl)-5-methyl-3H-
-quinazolin-4-one;
3-{2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-5-methyl-4-oxo-4H-quinazolin--
3-yl}-benzonitrile;
3-{2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-5-methyl-4-oxo-4H-quinazolin--
3-yl}-benzamide;
3-{2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-5-methyl-4-oxo-4H-quinazolin--
3-yl}-benzamide;
5-methyl-3-(3-morpholin-4-yl-phenyl)-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H--
quinazolin-4-one;
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-5-methyl-3-(3-morpholin-4-yl-phe-
nyl)-3H-quinazolin-4-one;
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3-[3-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)-phenyl]--
5-methyl-3H-quinazolin-4-one;
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3-[3-(2-dimethylamino-ethoxy)-ph-
enyl]-5-methyl-3H-quinazolin-4-one;
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-but-3-ynyl]-5-methyl-3-phenyl-3H-quinaz-
olin-4-one;
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-but-3-ynyl]-5-methyl-3-phenyl-3H-quinaz-
olin-4-one;
5-chloro-3-(3,5-difluoro-phenyl)-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H-quin-
azolin-4-one;
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-propyl]-5-chloro-3-(3,5-difluoro-phenyl-
)-3H-quinazolin-4-one;
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-5-chloro-3-(3,5-difluoro-phenyl)-
-3H-quinazolin-4-one;
3-(3,5-difluoro-phenyl)-6-fluoro-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H-quin-
azolin-4-one;
5-chloro-3-(2,6-difluoro-phenyl)-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-propyl]-3H-qui-
nazolin-4-one;
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-propyl]-5-chloro-3-(2,6-difluoro-phenyl-
)-3H-quinazolin-4-one;
5-methyl-3-phenyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-yloxy)-ethyl]-3H-quinazolin-4-one.
[0081] The methods of the invention can be practiced using
compounds that exhibit PI3K.delta. inhibitory activity. In
particular, the methods of the invention can be practiced using
compounds having the general structural formula (I):
##STR00004##
[0082] wherein
[0083] X and Y, independently, are N or CRC;
[0084] Z is N--R.sup.7 or O;
[0085] R.sup.1 are the same and are hydrogen, halo, or
C.sub.1-3alkyl;
[0086] R.sup.2 and R.sup.3, independently, are hydrogen, halo, or
C.sub.1-3alkyl;
[0087] R.sup.4 is hydrogen, halo, OR.sup.a, CN, C.sub.2-6alkynyl,
C(.dbd.O)R.sup.a, C(.dbd.O)NR.sup.aR.sup.b,
C.sub.3-6heterocycloalkyl,
C.sub.1-3alkyleneC.sub.3-6heterocycloalkyl,
OC.sub.1-3alkyleneOR.sup.a, OC.sub.1-3alkyleneNR.sup.aR.sup.b,
OC.sub.1-3alkyleneC.sub.3-6cycloalkyl, OC.sub.3-6heterocycloalkyl,
OC.sub.1-3alkyleneC.ident.CH, or
OC.sub.1-3alkyleneC(.dbd.O)NR.sup.aR.sup.b;
[0088] R.sup.5 is C.sub.1-3alkyl, CH.sub.2CF.sub.3, phenyl,
CH.sub.2C.ident.CH, C.sub.1-3alkyleneOR.sup.e,
C.sub.1-4alkyleneNR.sup.aR.sup.b, or
C.sub.1-4alkyleneNHC(.dbd.O)OR.sup.a,
[0089] R.sup.6 is hydrogen, halo, or NR.sup.aR.sup.b;
[0090] R.sup.7 is hydrogen or R.sup.5 and R.sup.7 are taken
together with the atoms to which they are attached to form a five-
or six-membered saturated ring;
[0091] R.sup.8 is C.sub.1-3alkyl, halo, CF.sub.3, or
CH.sub.2C.sub.3-6heterocycloalkyl;
[0092] n is 0, 1, or 2;
[0093] R.sup.a is hydrogen, C.sub.1-4alkyl, or
CH.sub.2C.sub.6H.sub.5;
[0094] R.sup.b is hydrogen or C.sub.1-3alkyl; and
[0095] R.sup.c is hydrogen, C.sub.1-3alkyl, or halo,
[0096] wherein when the R.sup.1 groups are different from hydrogen,
R.sup.2 and R.sup.4 are the same;
[0097] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or prodrug, or
solvate (e.g., hydrate) thereof.
[0098] Compounds of the present invention are selective inhibitors
of PI3K.delta. activity. The compounds exhibit inhibition of
PI3K.delta. in biochemical assays, and selectively disrupt function
of PI3K.delta.-expressing cells in cell-based assays. As described
herein, the present compounds have demonstrated an ability to
inhibit certain functions in neutrophils and other leukocytes, as
well as functions of osteoclasts.
[0099] In general, compounds of the present invention have the
general structural formulae (I) or (II), or a pharmaceutically
acceptable salt thereof, or prodrug, or solvate thereof:
##STR00005##
[0100] wherein X, Y, Z, R.sup.1 through R.sup.8, R.sup.a, R.sup.b,
R.sup.c, and n are as defined above.
[0101] In various embodiments exhibiting increased potency relative
to other compounds in accordance with the invention, R.sup.8 is
C.sub.1-3alkyl, F, Cl, or CF.sub.3. Alternatively, in such
embodiments, n is 0 (such that there is no R.sup.8
substituent).
[0102] In other embodiments exhibiting such increased potency, X
and Y, independently, are N or CH. In further embodiment exhibiting
increased potency, X is N and Y is CH. Alternatively, X and Y may
also both be CH. In further embodiments exhibiting increased
potency, R.sup.6 is hydrogen, halo, or NH.sub.2.
[0103] Unexpectedly, potency against PI3K.delta. is conserved when
R.sup.1 is the same. In structural formulae (I) and (II), R.sup.2
and R.sup.4 may differ provided that R.sup.1 is H. When R.sup.1 is
H, free rotation is unexpectedly permitted about the bond
connecting the phenyl ring substituent to the quinazoline ring, and
the compounds advantageously do not exhibit atropisomerism (i.e.,
multiple diasteromer formation is avoided). Alternatively, R.sup.2
and R.sup.4 can be the same such that the compounds advantageously
do not exhibit atropisomerism.
[0104] As used herein, the term "alkyl" is defined as straight
chained and branched hydrocarbon groups containing the indicated
number of carbon atoms, e.g., methyl, ethyl, and straight chain and
branched propyl and butyl groups.
[0105] The terms "C.sub.1-3alkylene" and "C.sub.1-4alkylene" are
defined as hydrocarbon groups containing the indicated number of
carbon atoms and one less hydrogen than the corresponding alkyl
group.
[0106] The term "C.sub.2-6alkynyl" is defined as a hydrocarbon
group containing the indicated number of carbon atoms and a
carbon-carbon triple bond.
[0107] The term "C.sub.3-6cycloalkyl" is defined as a cyclic
hydrocarbon group containing the indicated number of carbon
atoms.
[0108] The term "C.sub.2-6heterocycloalkyl" is defined similarly as
cycloalkyl except the ring contains one or two heteroatoms selected
from the group consisting of O, NR.sup.a, and S.
[0109] The term "halo" is defined as fluoro, bromo, chloro, and
iodo.
[0110] In preferred embodiments, Z is N--R.sup.7, and the bicyclic
ring system containing X and Y is
##STR00006##
[0111] In other preferred embodiments, R.sup.1 is hydrogen, fluoro,
chloro, methyl, or
##STR00007##
R.sup.2 is hydrogen, methyl, chloro, or fluoro; R.sup.3 is hydrogen
or fluoro; R.sup.6 is NH.sub.2, hydrogen, or fluoro; R.sup.7 is
hydrogen or R.sup.5 and R.sup.7 are taken together to form
##STR00008##
R.sup.8 is methyl, trifluoromethyl, chloro, or fluoro; R.sup.4 is
hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, OH, OCH.sub.3, OCH.sub.2C.ident.CH,
O(CH.sub.2).sub.2N(CH.sub.3).sub.2, C(.dbd.O)CH.sub.3, C.ident.CH,
CN, C(.dbd.O)NH.sub.2, OCH.sub.2C(.dbd.O)NH.sub.2,
O(CH.sub.2).sub.2OCH.sub.3, O(CH.sub.2).sub.2N(CH.sub.3).sub.2,
##STR00009##
and R.sup.5 is methyl, ethyl, propyl, phenyl, CH.sub.2OH,
CH.sub.2OCH.sub.2C.sub.6H.sub.5, CH.sub.2CF.sub.3,
CH.sub.2OC(CH.sub.3).sub.3, CH.sub.2C.ident.CH,
(CH.sub.2).sub.3N(C.sub.2H.sub.5).sub.2, (CH.sub.2).sub.3NH.sub.2,
(CH.sub.2).sub.4NH.sub.2,
(CH.sub.2).sub.3NHC(.dbd.O)OCH.sub.2C.sub.6H.sub.5, or
(CH.sub.2).sub.4NHC(.dbd.O)OCH.sub.2C.sub.6H.sub.5; R.sup.c is
hydrogen, methyl, fluoro, or bromo; and n is 0 or 1.
[0112] It is generally accepted that biological systems can exhibit
responses that are very sensitive to the absolute stereochemical
nature of compounds to which they are exposed. See, E. J. Ariens,
Medicinal Research Reviews, 6:451-66 (1986); E. J. Ariens,
Medicinal Research Reviews, 7:367-87 (1987); K. W. Fowler, Handbook
of Stereoisomers: Therapeutic Drugs, CRC Press, edited by Donald P.
Smith, pp. 35-63 (1989); and S. C. Stinson, Chemical and
Engineering News, 75:38-70 (1997).
[0113] Therefore, the compounds of the present invention include
all possible stereoisomers and geometric isomers of compounds of
structural formula (I), and include not only racemic compounds, but
also the optically active isomers as well. In preferred
embodiments, a compound of the present invention is the
S-enantiomer of a compound (I), as depicted in structural formula
(II).
[0114] When a compound of structural formula (I) is desired as a
single enantiomer, it can be obtained either by resolution of the
final product or by stereospecific synthesis from either
isomerically pure starting material or use of a chiral auxiliary
reagent. For example, see Z. Ma et al., Tetrahedron: Asymmetry,
8(6), pages 883-88 (1997). Resolution of the final product, an
intermediate, or a starting material can be achieved by any
suitable method known in the art. Specific stereoisomers, in
particular, S-enantiomers of the compounds of the invention,
exhibit an excellent ability to inhibit kinase activity of
PI3K.delta..
[0115] The term "prodrug" as used herein refers to compounds that
are rapidly transformed in vivo to a compound having structural
formulae (I) or (II), for example, by hydrolysis. Prodrug design is
discussed generally in Hardma et al. (Eds.), Goodman and Gilman's
The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, 9th ed., pp. 11-6
(1996). A thorough discussion of prodrugs is provided in Higuchi et
al., Prodrugs as Novel Delivery Systems, Vol. 14, ASCD Symposium
Series, and in Roche (ed.), "Bioreversible Carriers in Drug
Design," American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press
(1987).
[0116] Briefly, administration of a drug is followed by elimination
from the body or some biotransformation whereby biological activity
of the drug is reduced or eliminated. Alternatively, a
biotransformation process can lead to a metabolic by-product, which
is itself more active or equally active as compared to the drug
initially administered. Increased understanding of these
biotransformation processes permits the design of so-called
"prodrugs," which, following a biotransformation, become more
physiologically active in their altered state. Prodrugs, therefore,
encompass pharmacologically inactive compounds that are converted
to biologically active metabolites.
[0117] To illustrate, prodrugs can be converted into a
pharmacologically active form through hydrolysis of, for example,
an ester or amide linkage, thereby introducing or exposing a
functional group on the resultant product. Prodrugs can be designed
to react with an endogenous compound to form a water-soluble
conjugate that further enhances the pharmacological properties of
the compound, for example, increased circulatory half-life.
Alternatively, prodrugs can be designed to undergo covalent
modification on a functional group with, for example, glucuronic
acid, sulfate, glutathione, amino acids, or acetate. The resulting
conjugate can be inactivated and excreted in the urine, or rendered
more potent than the parent compound. High molecular weight
conjugates also can be excreted into the bile, subjected to
enzymatic cleavage, and released back into the circulation, thereby
effectively increasing the biological half-life of the originally
administered compound.
Methods for Identifying Negative Regulators of PI3K.delta.
Activity
[0118] The PI3K.delta. protein, as well as fragments thereof
possessing biological activity, can be used for screening putative
inhibitor compounds in any of a variety of drug screening
techniques. A inhibitor of PI3K.delta. is a compound that
diminishes or abolishes the ability of PI3K.delta. to perform any
of its biological functions. An example of such compounds is an
agent that decreases the ability of a PI3K.delta. polypeptide to
phosphorylate phosphatidylinositol or to target appropriate
structures within a cell. The selectivity of a compound that
negatively regulates PI3K.delta. activity can be evaluated by
comparing its activity on the PI3K.delta. to its activity on other
proteins. Selective inhibitors include, for example, antibodies and
other proteins or peptides that specifically bind to a PI3K.delta.
polypeptide, oligonucleotides that specifically bind to PI3K.delta.
polypeptides, and other nonpeptide compounds (e.g., isolated or
synthetic organic molecules) that specifically interact with
PI3K.delta. polypeptides. Inhibitors also include compounds as
described above, but which interact with a specific binding partner
of PI3K.delta. polypeptides.
[0119] Presently preferred targets for the development of selective
inhibitors of PI3K.delta. include, for example:
[0120] (1) cytoplasmic regions of PI3K.delta. polypeptides that
contact other proteins and/or localize PI3K.delta. within a
cell;
[0121] (2) regions of PI3K.delta. polypeptides that bind specific
binding partners;
[0122] (3) regions of the PI3K.delta. polypeptides that bind
substrate;
[0123] (4) allosteric regulatory sites of the PI3K.delta.
polypeptides that can or cannot interact directly with the active
site upon regulatory signal;
[0124] (5) regions of the PI3K.delta. polypeptides that mediate
multimerization.
For example, one target for development of modulators is the
identified regulatory interaction of p85 with p110.delta., which
can be involved in activation and/or subcellular localization of
the p110.delta. moiety. Still other selective modulators include
those that recognize specific regulatory or PI3K.delta.-encoding
nucleotide sequences. Modulators of PI3K.delta. activity can be
therapeutically useful in treatment of a wide range of diseases and
physiological conditions in which aberrant PI3K.delta. activity is
involved.
[0125] Accordingly, the invention provides methods of
characterizing the potency of a test compound as an inhibitor of
PI3K.delta. polypeptide, said method comprising the steps of (a)
measuring activity of a PI3K.delta. polypeptide in the presence of
a test compound; (b) comparing the activity of the PI3K.delta.
polypeptide in the presence of the test compound to the activity of
the PI3K.delta. polypeptide in the presence of an equivalent amount
of a reference compound (e.g., a compound having a known potency
against PI3K.delta.), wherein a lower activity of the PI3K.delta.
polypeptide in the presence of the test compound than in the
presence of the reference indicates that the test compound is a
more potent inhibitor than the reference compound, and a higher
activity of the PI3K.delta. polypeptide in the presence of the test
compound than in the presence of the reference indicates that the
test compound is a less potent inhibitor than the reference
compound.
[0126] The invention further provides methods of characterizing the
potency of a test compound as an inhibitor of PI3K.delta.
polypeptide, comprising the steps of (a) determining an amount of a
reference compound (e.g., a PI3K.delta. inhibitor compound of the
present invention) that inhibits an activity of a PI3K.delta.
polypeptide by a reference percentage of inhibition, thereby
defining a reference inhibitory amount for the reference compound;
(b) determining an amount of a test compound that inhibits an
activity of a PI3K.delta. polypeptide by a reference percentage of
inhibition, thereby defining a reference inhibitory amount for the
test compound; (c) comparing the reference inhibitory amount for
the test compound to the reference inhibitory amount for the
reference compound, wherein a lower reference inhibitory amount for
the test compound than for the reference compound indicates that
the test compound is a more potent inhibitor than the reference
compound, and a higher reference inhibitory amount for the test
compound than for the reference compound indicates that the test
compound is a less potent inhibitor than the reference compound. In
one aspect, the method uses a reference inhibitory amount which is
the amount of the compound than inhibits the activity of the
PI3K.delta. polypeptide by 50%, 60%, 70%, or 80%. In another
aspect, the method employs a reference inhibitory amount that is
the amount of the compound that inhibits the activity of the
PI3K.delta. polypeptide by 90%, 95%, or 99%. These methods comprise
determining the reference inhibitory amount of the compounds in an
in vitro biochemical assay, in an in vitro cell-based assay, or in
an in vivo assay.
[0127] The invention further provides methods of identifying a
inhibitor of PI3K.delta. activity, comprising the steps of (i)
measuring activity of a PI3K.delta. polypeptide in the presence and
absence of a test compound, and (ii) identifying as a inhibitor a
test compound that decreases PI3K.delta. activity and that competes
with a compound of the invention for binding to PI3K.delta..
Furthermore, the invention provides methods for identifying
compounds that inhibit PI3K.delta. activity, comprising the steps
of (i) contacting a PI3K.delta. polypeptide with a compound of the
present invention in the presence and absence of a test compound,
and (ii) identifying a test compound as a inhibitor of PI3K.delta.
activity wherein the compound competes with a compound of the
invention for binding to PI3K.delta.. The invention therefore
provides a method for screening for candidate inhibitors of
PI3K.delta. activity and/or to confirm the mode of action of
candidate such inhibitors. Such methods can be employed against
other PI3K isoforms in parallel to establish comparative activity
of the test compound across the isoforms and/or relative to a
compound of the invention.
[0128] In these methods, the PI3K.delta. polypeptide can be a
fragment of p110.delta. that exhibits kinase activity, i.e., a
fragment comprising the catalytic site of p110.delta..
Alternatively, the PI3K.delta. polypeptide can be a fragment from
the p110.delta.-binding domain of p85 and provides a method to
identify allosteric modulators of PI3K.delta.. The methods can be
employed in cells expressing cells expressing PI3K.delta. or its
subunits, either endogenously or exogenously. Accordingly, the
polypeptide employed in such methods can be free in solution,
affixed to a solid support, modified to be displayed on a cell
surface, or located intracellularly. The modulation of activity or
the formation of binding complexes between the PI3K.delta.
polypeptide and the agent being tested then can be measured.
[0129] Human PI3K polypeptides are amenable to biochemical or
cell-based high throughput screening (HTS) assays according to
methods known and practiced in the art, including melanophore assay
systems to investigate receptor-ligand interactions, yeast-based
assay systems, and mammalian cell expression systems. For a review,
see Jayawickreme et al., Curr Opin Biotechnol, 8:629-34 (1997).
Automated and miniaturized HTS assays also are comprehended as
described, for example, in Houston et al., Curr Opin Biotechnol,
8:734-40 (1997).
[0130] Such HTS assays are used to screen libraries of compounds to
identify particular compounds that exhibit a desired property. Any
library of compounds can be used, including chemical libraries,
natural product libraries, and combinatorial libraries comprising
random or designed oligopeptides, oligonucleotides, or other
organic compounds. Chemical libraries can contain known compounds,
proprietary structural analogs of known compounds, or compounds
that are identified from natural product screening.
[0131] Natural product libraries are collections of materials
isolated from naturals sources, typically, microorganisms, animals,
plants, or marine organisms. Natural products are isolated from
their sources by fermentation of microorganisms followed by
isolation and extraction of the fermentation broths or by direct
extraction from the microorganisms or tissues (plants or animal)
themselves. Natural product libraries include polyketides,
nonribosomal peptides, and variants (including nonnaturally
occurring variants) thereof. For a review, see Cane et al.,
Science, 282:63-68 (1998).
[0132] Combinatorial libraries are composed of large numbers of
related compounds, such as peptides, oligonucleotides, or other
organic compounds as a mixture. Such compounds are relatively
straightforward to design and prepare by traditional automated
synthesis protocols, PCR, cloning, or proprietary synthetic
methods. Of particular interest are peptide and oligonucleotide
combinatorial libraries.
[0133] Still other libraries of interest include peptide, protein,
peptidomimetic, multiparallel synthetic collection,
recombinatorial, and polypeptide libraries. For a review of
combinatorial chemistry and libraries created thereby, see Myers,
Curr Opin Biotechnol, 8:701-07 (1997).
Therapeutic Uses of Inhibitors of PI3K.delta. Activity
[0134] The invention provides a method for selectively or
specifically inhibiting PI3K.delta. activity therapeutically or
prophylactically using compounds of the invention. The method
comprises administering a selective or specific inhibitor of
PI3K.delta. activity to an individual in need thereof in an amount
sufficient to inhibit PI3K.delta. activity. The method can be
employed to treat humans or animals suffering from, or subject to,
a condition whose symptoms or pathology is mediated by PI3K.delta.
expression or activity.
[0135] "Treating" as used herein refers to preventing a disorder
from occurring in an animal that can be predisposed to the
disorder, but has not yet been diagnosed as having it; inhibiting
the disorder, i.e., arresting its development; relieving the
disorder, i.e., causing its regression; or ameliorating the
disorder, i.e., reducing the severity of symptoms associated with
the disorder. "Disorder" is intended to encompass medical
disorders, diseases, conditions, syndromes, and the like, without
limitation.
[0136] The methods of the invention embrace various modes of
treating an animal subject, preferably a mammal, more preferably a
primate, and still more preferably a human. Among the mammalian
animals that can be treated are, for example, humans; companion
animals (pets), including dogs and cats; farm animals, including
cattle, horses, sheep, pigs, and goats; laboratory animals,
including rats, mice, rabbits, guinea pigs, and nonhuman primates;
and zoo specimens. Nonmammalian animals include, for example,
birds, fish, reptiles, and amphibians.
[0137] A method of the present invention can be employed to treat
subjects, therapeutically or prophylactically, suffering from, or
subject to, an inflammatory disorder. One aspect of the present
invention derives from the involvement of PI3K.delta. in mediating
aspects of the inflammatory process. Without intending to be bound
by any theory, it is theorized that, because inflammation involves
processes typically mediated by leukocyte (e.g., neutrophils or
lymphocyte) activation and chemotactic transmigration, and because
PI3K.delta. can mediate such phenomena, antagonists of PI3K.delta.
can be used to suppress injury associated with inflammation.
[0138] "Inflammatory disorder" as used herein can refer to any
disease, disorder, or syndrome in which an excessive or unregulated
inflammatory response leads to excessive inflammatory symptoms,
host tissue damage, or loss of tissue function. "Inflammatory
disorder" also refers to a pathological state mediated by influx of
leukocytes and/or neutrophil chemotaxis.
[0139] "Inflammation" as used herein refers to a localized,
protective response elicited by injury or destruction of tissues,
which serves to destroy, dilute, or wall off (sequester) both the
injurious agent and the injured tissue. Inflammation is associated
with an influx of leukocytes and/or neutrophil chemotaxis.
Inflammation can result from infection with pathogenic organisms
and viruses, and from noninfectious means such as trauma or
reperfusion following myocardial infarction or stroke, immune
response to foreign antigen, and autoimmune responses. Accordingly,
inflammatory disorders amenable to the invention encompass
disorders associated with reactions of the specific defense system
as well as with reactions of the nonspecific defense system.
[0140] As used herein, the term "specific defense system" refers to
the component of the immune system that reacts to the presence of
specific antigens. Examples of inflammation resulting from a
response of the specific defense system include the classical
response to foreign antigens, autoimmune diseases, and delayed type
hypersensitivity response mediated by T-cells. Chronic inflammatory
diseases, the rejection of solid transplanted tissue and organs,
e.g., kidney and bone marrow transplants, and graft versus host
disease (GVHD), are further examples of inflammatory reactions of
the specific defense system.
[0141] The term "nonspecific defense system" as used herein refers
to inflammatory disorders that are mediated by leukocytes that are
incapable of immunological memory (e.g., granulocytes, and
macrophages). Examples of inflammation that result, at least in
part, from a reaction of the nonspecific defense system include
inflammation associated with conditions such as adult (acute)
respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS) or multiple organ injury
syndromes; reperfusion injury; acute glomerulonephritis; reactive
arthritis; dermatoses with acute inflammatory components; acute
purulent meningitis or other central nervous system inflammatory
disorders such as stroke; thermal injury; inflammatory bowel
disease; granulocyte transfusion associated syndromes; and
cytokine-induced toxicity.
[0142] "Autoimmune disease" as used herein refers to any group of
disorders in which tissue injury is associated with humoral or
cell-mediated responses to the body's own constituents. "Allergic
disease" as used herein refers to any symptoms, tissue damage, or
loss of tissue function resulting from allergy. "Arthritic disease"
as used herein refers to any disease that is characterized by
inflammatory lesions of the joints attributable to a variety of
etiologies. "Dermatitis" as used herein refers to any of a large
family of diseases of the skin that are characterized by
inflammation of the skin attributable to a variety of etiologies.
"Transplant rejection" as used herein refers to any immune reaction
directed against grafted tissue, such as organs or cells (e.g.,
bone marrow), characterized by a loss of function of the grafted
and surrounding tissues, pain, swelling, leukocytosis, and
thrombocytopenia.
[0143] The therapeutic methods of the present invention include
methods for the treatment of disorders associated with inflammatory
cell activation. "Inflammatory cell activation" refers to the
induction by a stimulus (including, but not limited to, cytokines,
antigens, or auto-antibodies) of a proliferative cellular response,
the production of soluble mediators (including but not limited to
cytokines, oxygen radicals, enzymes, prostanoids, or vasoactive
amines), or cell surface expression of new or increased numbers of
mediators (including, but not limited to, major histocompatability
antigens or cell adhesion molecules) in inflammatory cells
(including but not limited to monocytes, macrophages, T
lymphocytes, B lymphocytes, granulocytes (i.e., polymorphonuclear
leukocytes such as neutrophils, basophils, and eosinophils), mast
cells, dendritic cells, Langerhans cells, and endothelial cells).
It will be appreciated by persons skilled in the art that
activation of one or a combination of these phenotypes in these
cells can contribute to the initiation, perpetuation, or
exacerbation of an inflammatory disorder.
[0144] Compounds of the present invention have been found to
inhibit superoxide release by neutrophils. Superoxide is released
by neutrophils in response to any of a variety of stimuli,
including signals of infection, as a mechanism of cell killing. For
example, superoxide release is known to be induced by tumor
necrosis factor alpha (TNF.alpha.), which is released by
macrophages, mast cells, and lymphocytes upon contact with
bacterial cell wall components such as lipopolysaccharide (LPS).
TNF.alpha. is an extraordinarily potent and promiscuous activator
of inflammatory processes, being involved in activation of
neutrophils and various other cell types, induction of
leukocyte/endothelial cell adhesion, pyrexia, enhanced MHC class I
production, and stimulation of angiogenesis. Alternatively,
superoxide release can be stimulated by formyl-Met-Leu-Phe (fMLP)
or other peptides blocked at the N-terminus by formylated
methionine. Such peptides normally are not found in eukaryotes, but
are fundamentally characteristic of bacteria, and signal the
presence of bacteria to the immune system. Leukocytes expressing
the fMLP receptor, e.g., neutrophils and macrophages, are
stimulated to migrate up gradients of these peptides (i.e.,
chemotaxis) toward loci of infection. As demonstrated herein,
compounds of the present invention inhibit stimulated superoxide
release by neutrophils in response to either TNF.alpha. or fMLP.
Other functions of neutrophils, including stimulated exocytosis and
directed chemotactic migration, also have been shown to be
inhibited by the PI3K.delta. inhibitors of the invention.
Accordingly, compounds of the present invention can be expected to
be useful in treating disorders, such as inflammatory disorders,
that are mediated by any or all of these neutrophil functions.
[0145] The present invention enables methods of treating such
diseases as arthritic diseases, such as rheumatoid arthritis,
monoarticular arthritis, osteoarthritis, gouty arthritis,
spondylitis; Behcet disease; sepsis, septic shock, endotoxic shock,
gram negative sepsis, gram positive sepsis, and toxic shock
syndrome; multiple organ injury syndrome secondary to septicemia,
trauma, or hemorrhage; ophthalmic disorders, such as allergic
conjunctivitis, vernal conjunctivitis, uveitis, and
thyroid-associated opthalmopathy; eosinophilic granuloma; pulmonary
or respiratory disorders, such as asthma, chronic bronchitis,
allergic rhinitis, ARDS, chronic pulmonary inflammatory disease
(e.g., chronic obstructive pulmonary disease), silicosis, pulmonary
sarcoidosis, pleurisy, alveolitis, vasculitis, emphysema,
pneumonia, bronchiectasis, and pulmonary oxygen toxicity;
reperfusion injury of the myocardium, brain, or extremities;
fibrosis, such as cystic fibrosis; keloid formation or scar tissue
formation; atherosclerosis; autoimmune diseases, such as systemic
lupus erythematosus (SLE), autoimmune thyroiditis, multiple
sclerosis, some forms of diabetes, and Reynaud's syndrome;
transplant rejection disorders such as GVHD and allograft
rejection; chronic glomerulonephritis; inflammatory bowel diseases,
such as chronic inflammatory bowel disease (CIBD), Crohn's disease,
ulcerative colitis, and necrotizing enterocolitis; inflammatory
dermatoses, such as contact dermatitis, atopic dermatitis,
psoriasis, or urticaria; fever and myalgias due to infection;
central or peripheral nervous system inflammatory disorders, such
as meningitis, encephalitis, and brain or spinal cord injury due to
minor trauma; Sjogren's syndrome; diseases involving leukocyte
diapedesis; alcoholic hepatitis; bacterial pneumonia;
antigen-antibody complex mediated diseases; hypovolemic shock; Type
I diabetes mellitus; acute and delayed hypersensitivity; disease
states due to leukocyte dyscrasia and metastasis; thermal injury;
granulocyte transfusion-associated syndromes; and cytokine-induced
toxicity.
[0146] The method can have utility in treating subjects suffering
from, or subject to, reperfusion injury, i.e., injury resulting
from situations in which a tissue or organ experiences a period of
ischemia followed by reperfusion. The term "ischemia" refers to
localized tissue anemia due to obstruction of the inflow of
arterial blood. Transient ischemia followed by reperfusion
characteristically results in neutrophil activation and
transmigration through the endothelium of the blood vessels in the
affected area. Accumulation of activated neutrophils in turn
results in generation of reactive oxygen metabolites, which damage
components of the involved tissue or organ. This phenomenon of
"reperfusion injury" is commonly associated with conditions such as
vascular stroke (including global and focal ischemia), hemorrhagic
shock, myocardial ischemia or infarction, organ transplantation,
and cerebral vasospasm. To illustrate, reperfusion injury occurs at
the termination of cardiac bypass procedures or during cardiac
arrest when the heart, once prevented from receiving blood, begins
to reperfuse. It is expected that inhibition of PI3K.delta.
activity will result in reduced amounts of reperfusion injury in
such situations.
[0147] With respect to the nervous system, global ischemia occurs
when blood flow to the entire brain ceases for a period. Global
ischemia can result from cardiac arrest. Focal ischemia occurs when
a portion of the brain is deprived of its normal blood supply.
Focal ischemia can result from thromboembolytic occlusion of a
cerebral vessel, traumatic head injury, edema, or brain tumor. Even
if transient, both global and focal ischemia can cause widespread
neuronal damage. Although nerve tissue damage occurs over hours or
even days following the onset of ischemia, some permanent nerve
tissue damage can develop in the initial minutes following the
cessation of blood flow to the brain.
[0148] Ischemia also can occur in the heart in myocardial
infarction and other cardiovascular disorders in which the coronary
arteries have been obstructed as a result of atherosclerosis,
thrombus, or spasm. Accordingly, the invention is believed to be
useful for treating cardiac tissue damage, particularly damage
resulting from cardiac ischemia or caused by reperfusion injury in
mammals.
[0149] In another aspect, selective PI3K.delta. inhibitors of the
present invention can be employed in methods of treating diseases
of bone, especially diseases in which osteoclast function is
abnormal or undesirable. As shown below, compounds of the present
invention inhibit osteoclast function in vitro. Accordingly, the
use of such compounds and other PI3K.delta. selective inhibitors
can be of value in treating osteoporosis, Paget's disease, and
related bone resorption disorders.
[0150] In a further aspect, the present invention includes methods
of using PI3K.delta. inhibitory compounds to inhibit the growth or
proliferation of cancer cells of hematopoietic origin, preferably
cancer cells of lymphoid origin, and more preferably cancer cells
related to or derived from B lymphocytes or B lymphocyte
progenitors. Cancers amenable to treatment using the method of the
invention include, without limitation, lymphomas, e.g., malignant
neoplasms of lymphoid and reticuloendothelial tissues, such as
Burkitt's lymphoma, Hodgkins' lymphoma, non-Hodgkins lymphomas,
lymphocytic lymphomas and the like; multiple myelomas; leukemias,
such as lymphocytic leukemias, chronic myeloid (myelogenous)
leukemias, and the like. In a preferred embodiment, the present
PI3K.delta. inhibitory compounds can be used to inhibit or control
the growth or proliferation of chronic myeloid (myelogenous)
leukemia cells. Other cancer cells, of hematopoietic origin or
otherwise, that express p110.delta. also can be treated by
administration of a PI3K.delta. inhibitor of the present invention
(C. Sawyer et al., Cancer Research, 63(7), 1667-75 (2003)).
[0151] In another aspect, the invention includes a method of
suppressing a function of basophils and/or mast cells, thereby
enabling treatment of diseases or disorders characterized by
excessive or undesirable basophil and/or mast cell activity.
According to the method, a present compound can be used to
selectively inhibit the expression or activity of PI3K.delta. in
the basophils and/or mast cells. Preferably, the method employs a
PI3K.delta. inhibitor in an amount sufficient to inhibit stimulated
histamine release by the basophils and/or mast cells. Accordingly,
the use of a present selective PI3K.delta. inhibitors can be of
value in treating diseases characterized by histamine release,
i.e., allergic disorders, including disorders such as chronic
obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), asthma, ARDS, emphysema, and
related disorders.
Pharmaceutical Compositions of Inhibitors of PI3K.delta.
Activity
[0152] A compound of the present invention can be administered as
the neat chemical, but it is typical, and preferable, to administer
the compound in the form of a pharmaceutical composition or
formulation. Accordingly, the present invention also provides
pharmaceutical compositions that comprise a present modulator of
PI3K.delta. activity and a biocompatible pharmaceutical carrier,
adjuvant, or vehicle. The composition can include the PI3K.delta.
activity modulation either as the sole active agent or in
combination with other agents, such as oligo- or polynucleotides,
oligo- or polypeptides, drugs, or hormones mixed with an excipient
or other pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. Carriers and other
ingredients can be deemed pharmaceutically acceptable insofar as
they are compatible with other ingredients of the formulation and
not deleterious to the recipient thereof.
[0153] Techniques for formulation and administration of
pharmaceutical compositions can be found in Remington's
Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th Ed., Mack Publishing Co, Easton, Pa.,
1990. The pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention can
be manufactured using any conventional method, e.g., mixing,
dissolving, granulating, dragee-making, levigating, emulsifying,
encapsulating, entrapping, melt-spinning, spray-drying, or
lyophilizing processes. An optimal pharmaceutical formulation can
be determined by one of skill in the art depending on the route of
administration and the desired dosage. Such formulations can
influence the physical state, stability, rate of in vivo release,
and rate of in vivo clearance of the administered agent. Depending
on the condition being treated, these pharmaceutical compositions
can be formulated and administered systemically or locally.
[0154] The pharmaceutical compositions are formulated to contain
suitable pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, and optionally can
comprise excipients and auxiliaries that facilitate processing of
the active compounds into preparations that can be used
pharmaceutically. The mode of administration generally determines
the nature of the carrier. For example, formulations for parenteral
administration can comprise aqueous solutions of the active
compounds in water-soluble form. Carriers suitable for parenteral
administration can be selected from among saline, buffered saline,
dextrose, water, and other physiologically compatible solutions.
Preferred carriers for parenteral administration are
physiologically compatible buffers such as Hanks's solution,
Ringer's solution, or physiologically buffered saline. For tissue
or cellular administration, penetrants appropriate to the
particular barrier to be permeated are used in the formulation.
Such penetrants are generally known in the art. For preparations
comprising proteins, the formulation can include stabilizing
materials, such as polyols (e.g., sucrose) and/or surfactants
(e.g., nonionic surfactants), and the like.
[0155] Alternatively, formulations for parenteral use can comprise
dispersions or suspensions of the active compounds prepared as
appropriate oily injection suspensions. Suitable lipophilic
solvents or vehicles include fatty oils, such as sesame oil, and
synthetic fatty acid esters, such as ethyl oleate or triglycerides,
or liposomes. Aqueous injection suspensions can contain substances
that increase the viscosity of the suspension, such as sodium
carboxymethylcellulose, sorbitol, dextran, and mixtures thereof.
Optionally, the suspension also can contain suitable stabilizers or
agents that increase the solubility of the compounds to allow for
the preparation of highly concentrated solutions. Aqueous polymers
that provide pH-sensitive solubilization and/or sustained release
of the active agent also can be used as coatings or matrix
structures, e.g., methacrylic polymers, such as the EUDRAGIT.RTM.
series available from Rohm America Inc. (Piscataway, N.J.).
Emulsions, e.g., oil-in-water and water-in-oil dispersions, also
can be used, optionally stabilized by an emulsifying agent or
dispersant (surface active materials; surfactants). Suspensions can
contain suspending agents such as ethoxylated isostearyl alcohols,
polyoxyethlyene sorbitol and sorbitan esters, microcrystalline
cellulose, aluminum metahydroxide, bentonite, agar-agar, gum
tragacanth, and mixtures thereof.
[0156] Liposomes containing the active agent also can be employed
for parenteral administration. Liposomes generally are derived from
phospholipids or other lipid substances. The compositions in
liposome form also can contain other ingredients, such as
stabilizers, preservatives, excipients, and the like. Preferred
lipids include phospholipids and phosphatidyl cholines (lecithins),
both natural and synthetic. Methods of forming liposomes are known
in the art. See, e.g., Prescott (Ed.), Methods in Cell Biology,
Vol. XIV, p. 33, Academic Press, New York (1976).
[0157] Pharmaceutical compositions comprising the agent in dosages
suitable for oral administration can be formulated using
pharmaceutically acceptable carriers well known in the art.
Preparations formulated for oral administration can be in the form
of tablets, pills, capsules, cachets, dragees, lozenges, liquids,
gels, syrups, slurries, elixirs, suspensions, or powders. To
illustrate, pharmaceutical preparations for oral use can be
obtained by combining the active compounds with a solid excipient,
optionally grinding the resulting mixture, and processing the
mixture of granules, after adding suitable auxiliaries if desired,
to obtain tablets or dragee cores. Oral formulations can employ
liquid carriers similar in type to those described for parenteral
use, e.g., buffered aqueous solutions, suspensions, and the
like.
[0158] Preferred oral formulations include tablets, dragees, and
gelatin capsules. These preparations can contain one or excipients,
which include, without limitation:
[0159] a) diluents, such as sugars, including lactose, dextrose,
sucrose, mannitol, or sorbitol;
[0160] b) binders, such as magnesium aluminum silicate, starch from
corn, wheat, rice, potato, etc.;
[0161] c) cellulose materials, such as methylcellulose,
hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose, and sodium carboxymethylcellulose,
polyvinylpyrrolidone, gums, such as gum arabic and gum tragacanth,
and proteins, such as gelatin and collagen;
[0162] d) disintegrating or solubilizing agents such as
cross-linked polyvinyl pyrrolidone, starches, agar, alginic acid or
a salt thereof, such as sodium alginate, or effervescent
compositions;
[0163] e) lubricants, such as silica, talc, stearic acid or its
magnesium or calcium salt, and polyethylene glycol;
[0164] f) flavorants and sweeteners;
[0165] g) colorants or pigments, e.g., to identify the product or
to characterize the quantity (dosage) of active compound; and
[0166] h) other ingredients, such as preservatives, stabilizers,
swelling agents, emulsifying agents, solution promoters, salts for
regulating osmotic pressure, and buffers.
[0167] Gelatin capsules include push-fit capsules made of gelatin,
as well as soft, sealed capsules made of gelatin and a coating such
as glycerol or sorbitol. Push-fit capsules can contain the active
ingredient(s) mixed with fillers, binders, lubricants, and/or
stabilizers, etc. In soft capsules, the active compounds can be
dissolved or suspended in suitable fluids, such as fatty oils,
liquid paraffin, or liquid polyethylene glycol with or without
stabilizers.
[0168] Dragee cores can be provided with suitable coatings such as
concentrated sugar solutions, which also can contain gum arabic,
talc, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, carbopol gel, polyethylene glycol,
and/or titanium dioxide, lacquer solutions, and suitable organic
solvents or solvent mixtures.
[0169] The pharmaceutical composition can be provided as a salt of
the active agent. Salts are more soluble in aqueous or other
protonic solvents than the corresponding free acid or base forms.
Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are well known in the art.
Compounds that contain acidic moieties can form pharmaceutically
acceptable salts with suitable cations. Suitable pharmaceutically
acceptable cations include, for example, alkali metal (e.g., sodium
or potassium) and alkaline earth (e.g., calcium or magnesium)
cations.
[0170] Compounds of structural formula (I) and (II) that contain
basic moieties can form pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition
salts with suitable acids. For example, Berge et al., J. Pharm.
Sci., 66:1 (1977), describe pharmaceutically acceptable salts in
detail. The salts can be prepared in situ during the final
isolation and purification of the compounds of the invention or
separately by reacting a free base function with a suitable
acid.
[0171] Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of compounds of the
invention generally are preferred in the methods of the invention.
As used herein, the term "pharmaceutically acceptable salts" refers
to salts or zwitterionic forms of the compounds of structural
formulae (I) or (II). Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable cations
include alkali metal (e.g., sodium or potassium) and alkaline earth
metal (e.g., calcium or magnesium) cations. In addition, the
pharmaceutically acceptable salts of compounds of structural
formulae (I) or (II) that contain a basic center are acid addition
salts formed with pharmaceutically acceptable acids. Examples of
acids which can be employed to form pharmaceutically acceptable
salts include inorganic acids such as hydrochloric, hydrobromic,
sulfuric, and phosphoric, and organic acids such as oxalic, maleic,
succinic, malonic, and citric. Nonlimiting examples of salts of
compounds of the invention include, but are not limited to,
hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide, sulfate, bisulfate,
2-hydroxyethansulfonate, phosphate, hydrogen phosphate, acetate,
adipate, alginate, aspartate, benzoate, butyrate, camphorate,
camphorsulfonate, citrate, digluconate, glycerolphosphate,
hemisulfate, heptanoate, hexanoate, formate, succinate, malonate,
fumarate, maleate, methanesulfonate, mesitylenesulfonate,
naphthylenesulfonate, nicotinate, 2-naphthalenesulfonate, oxalate,
pamoate, pectinate, persulfate, 3-phenylproprionate, picrate,
pivalate, propionate, trichloroacetate, trifluoroacetate,
glutamate, bicarbonate, paratoluenesulfonate, undecanoate, lactate,
citrate, tartrate, gluconate, benzene sulphonate, and
p-toluenesulphonate salts. In addition, available amino groups
present in the compounds of the invention can be quaternized with
methyl, ethyl, propyl, and butyl chlorides, bromides, and iodides;
dimethyl, diethyl, dibutyl, and diamyl sulfates; decyl, lauryl,
myristyl, and steryl chlorides, bromides, and iodides; and benzyl
and phnethyl bromides.
[0172] In light of the foregoing, any reference to compounds of the
present invention appearing herein is intended to include compounds
of structural formulae (I) and (II), as well as pharmaceutically
acceptable salts, solvates, quaternary derivatives, and prodrugs,
thereof.
[0173] Compositions comprising a compound of the invention
formulated in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier can be
prepared, placed in an appropriate container, and labeled for
treatment of an indicated condition. Accordingly, there also is
contemplated an article of manufacture, such as a container
comprising a dosage form of a compound of the invention and a label
containing instructions for use of the compound. Kits also are
contemplated. For example, a kit can comprise a dosage form of a
pharmaceutical composition and a package insert containing
instructions for use of the composition in treatment of a medical
condition. In either case, conditions indicated on the label can
include treatment of inflammatory disorders, cancer, and the
like.
Methods of Administration of Inhibitors of PI3K.delta. Activity
[0174] Pharmaceutical compositions comprising an inhibitor of
PI3K.delta. activity can be administered to the subject by any
conventional method, including parenteral and enteral techniques.
Parenteral administration modalities include those in which the
composition is administered by a route other than through the
gastrointestinal tract, for example, intravenous, intraarterial,
intraperitoneal, intramedullary, intramuscular, intraarticular,
intrathecal, and intraventricular injections. Enteral
administration modalities include, for example, oral, buccal,
sublingual, and rectal administration. Transepithelial
administration modalities include, for example, transmucosal
administration and transdermal administration. Transmucosal
administration includes, for example, enteral administration as
well as nasal, inhalation, and deep lung administration; vaginal
administration; and buccal and sublingual administration.
Transdermal administration includes passive or active transdermal
or transcutaneous modalities, including, for example, patches and
iontophoresis devices, as well as topical application of pastes,
salves, or ointments. Parenteral administration also can be
accomplished using a high-pressure technique, e.g.,
POWDERJECT.RTM..
[0175] Surgical techniques include implantation of depot
(reservoir) compositions, osmotic pumps, and the like. A preferred
route of administration for treatment of inflammation can be local
or topical delivery for localized disorders such as arthritis, or
systemic delivery for distributed disorders, e.g., intravenous
delivery for reperfusion injury or for systemic conditions such as
septicemia. For other diseases, including those involving the
respiratory tract, e.g., chronic obstructive pulmonary disease,
asthma, and emphysema, administration can be accomplished by
inhalation or deep lung administration of sprays, aerosols,
powders, and the like.
[0176] For the treatment of neoplastic diseases, especially
leukemias and other distributed cancers, parenteral administration
is typically preferred. Formulations of the compounds to optimize
them for biodistribution following parenteral administration would
be desirable. The PI3K.delta. inhibitor compounds can be
administered before, during, or after administration of
chemotherapy, radiotherapy, and/or surgery.
[0177] Moreover, the therapeutic index of the PI3K.delta. inhibitor
compounds can be enhanced by modifying or derivatizing the
compounds for targeted delivery to cancer cells expressing a marker
that identifies the cells as such. For example, the compounds can
be linked to an antibody that recognizes a marker that is selective
or specific for cancer cells, so that the compounds are brought
into the vicinity of the cells to exert their effects locally, as
previously described (see for example, Pietersz et al., Immunol.
Rev., 129:57 (1992); Trail et al., Science, 261:212 (1993); and
Rowlinson-Busza et al., Curr. Opin. Oncol., 4:1142 (1992)).
Tumor-directed delivery of these compounds enhances the therapeutic
benefit by, inter alia, minimizing potential nonspecific toxicities
that can result from radiation treatment or chemotherapy. In
another aspect, PI3K.delta. inhibitor compounds and radioisotopes
or chemotherapeutic agents can be conjugated to the same anti-tumor
antibody.
[0178] For the treatment of bone resorption disorders or
osteoclast-mediated disorders, the PI3K.delta. inhibitors can be
delivered by any suitable method. Focal administration can be
desirable, such as by intraarticular injection. In some cases, it
can be desirable to couple the compounds to a moiety that can
target the compounds to bone. For example, a PI3K.delta. inhibitor
can be coupled to compounds with high affinity for hydroxyapatite,
which is a major constituent of bone. This can be accomplished, for
example, by adapting a tetracycline-coupling method developed for
targeted delivery of estrogen to bone (Orme et al., Bioorg. Med.
Chem. Lett., 4(11):1375-80 (1994)).
[0179] To be effective therapeutically in modulating central
nervous system targets, the agents used in the methods of the
invention should readily penetrate the blood brain barrier when
peripherally administered. Compounds that cannot penetrate the
blood brain barrier, however, can still be effectively administered
by an intravenous route.
[0180] As noted above, the characteristics of the agent itself and
the formulation of the agent can influence the physical state,
stability, rate of in vivo release, and rate of in vivo clearance
of the administered agent. Such pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic
information can be collected through preclinical in vitro and in
vivo studies, later confirmed in humans during the course of
clinical trials. Thus, for any compound used in the method of the
invention, a therapeutically effective dose can be estimated
initially from biochemical and/or cell-based assays. Then, dosage
can be formulated in animal models to achieve a desirable
circulating concentration range that modulates PI3K.delta.
expression or activity. As human studies are conducted further
information will emerge regarding the appropriate dosage levels and
duration of treatment for various diseases and conditions.
[0181] Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of such compounds can be
determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures
or experimental animals, e.g., for determining the LD.sub.50 (the
dose lethal to 50% of the population) and the ED.sub.50 (the dose
therapeutically effective in 50% of the population). The dose ratio
between toxic and therapeutic effects is the "therapeutic index,"
which typically is expressed as the ratio LD.sub.50/ED.sub.50.
Compounds that exhibit large therapeutic indices, i.e., the toxic
dose is substantially higher than the effective dose, are
preferred. The data obtained from such cell culture assays and
additional animal studies can be used in formulating a range of
dosage for human use. The dosage of such compounds lies preferably
within a range of circulating concentrations that include the
ED.sub.50 with little or no toxicity.
[0182] In accordance with the present invention, any effective
administration regimen regulating the timing and sequence of doses
can be used. Compounds and pharmaceutical compositions suitable for
use in the present invention include those wherein the active
ingredient is administered in an effective amount to achieve its
intended purpose. More specifically, a "therapeutically effective
amount" means an amount sufficient to modulate PI3K.delta.
expression or activity, and thereby treat an individual suffering
an indication, or to alleviate the existing symptoms of the
indication. Determination of a therapeutically effective amount is
well within the capability of those skilled in the art, especially
in light of the detailed disclosure provided herein.
[0183] Exemplary dosage levels for a human subject are of the order
of from about 0.001 milligram of active agent per kilogram body
weight (mg/kg) to about 1000 mg/kg. Typically, dosage units of the
active agent comprise from about 0.01 mg to about 1000 mg,
preferably from about 0.1 mg to about 100 mg, depending upon the
indication, route of administration, and severity of the condition,
for example. Depending on the route of administration, a suitable
dose can be calculated according to body weight, body surface area,
or organ size. The final dosage regimen is determined by the
attending physician in view of good medical practice, considering
various factors that modify the action of drugs, e.g., the specific
activity of the compound, the identity and severity of the disease
state, the responsiveness of the patient, the age, condition, body
weight, sex, and diet of the patient, and the severity of any
infection. Additional factors that can be taken into account
include time and frequency of administration, drug combinations,
reaction sensitivities, and tolerance/response to therapy. Further
refinement of the dosage appropriate for treatment involving any of
the formulations mentioned herein is done routinely by the skilled
practitioner without undue experimentation, especially in light of
the dosage information and assays disclosed, as well as the
pharmacokinetic data observed in human clinical trials. Appropriate
dosages can be ascertained through use of established assays for
determining concentration of the agent in a body fluid or other
sample together with dose response data.
[0184] The frequency of dosing depends on the pharmacokinetic
parameters of the agent and the route of administration. Dosage and
administration are adjusted to provide sufficient levels of the
active moiety or to maintain the desired effect. Accordingly, the
pharmaceutical compositions can be administered in a single dose,
multiple discrete doses, continuous infusion, sustained release
depots, or combinations thereof, as required to maintain desired
minimum level of the agent. Short-acting pharmaceutical
compositions (i.e., short half-life) can be administered once a day
or more than once a day (e.g., two, three, or four times a day).
Long acting pharmaceutical compositions might be administered every
3 to 4 days, every week, or once every two weeks. Pumps, such as
subcutaneous, intraperitoneal, or subdural pumps, can be used for
continuous infusion.
[0185] The following examples are provided to further aid in
understanding the invention, and presuppose an understanding of
conventional methods well known to those persons having ordinary
skill in the art to which the examples pertain, e.g., the
construction of vectors and plasmids, the insertion of genes
encoding polypeptides into such vectors and plasmids, or the
introduction of vectors and plasmids into host cells. Such methods
are described in detail in numerous publications including, for
example, Sambrook et al., Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual,
Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press (1989), Ausubel et al. (Eds.),
Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
(1994); and Ausubel et al. (Eds.), Short Protocols in Molecular
Biology, 4th ed., John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (1999). The
particular materials and conditions described hereunder are
intended to exemplify particular aspects of the invention and
should not be construed to limit the reasonable scope thereof.
Example 1
Preparation and Purification of Recombinant PI3K.alpha., .beta.,
and .delta.
[0186] Recombinant PI3K heterodimeric complexes consisting of a
p110 catalytic subunit and a p85 regulatory subunit were
overexpressed using the BAC-TO-BAC.RTM. HT baculovirus expression
system (GIBCO/BRL), and then purified for use in biochemical
assays. The four Class I PI 3-kinases were cloned into baculovirus
vectors as follows:
[0187] p110.delta.: A FLAG.RTM.-tagged version of human p110.delta.
(SEQ ID NOS: 1 and 2) (see Chantry et al., J. Biol. Chem.,
272:19236-41 (1997)) was subcloned using standard recombinant DNA
techniques into the BamH1-Xba1 site of the insect cell expression
vector pFastbac HTb (Life Technologies, Gaithersburg, Md.), such
that the clone was in frame with the His tag of the vector. The
FLAG.RTM. system is described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,703,004;
4,782,137; 4,851,341; and 5,011,912, and reagents are available
from Eastman Kodak Co.
[0188] p110.alpha.: Similar to the method used for p110.delta.,
described above, a FLAG.RTM.-tagged version of p110.alpha. (see
Volinia et al., Genomics, 24(3):427-77 (1994)) was subcloned in
BamH1-HindIII sites of pFastbac HTb (Life Technologies) such that
the clone was in frame with the His tag of the vector.
[0189] p110.beta.: A p110.beta. (see Hu et al., Mol. Cell. Biol.,
13:7677-88 (1993)) clone was amplified from the human MARATHON.RTM.
Ready spleen cDNA library (Clontech, Palo Alto Calif.) according to
the manufacturer's protocol using the following primers:
TABLE-US-00001 5' Primer (SEQ ID NO: 3)
5'-GATCGAATTCGGCGCCACCATGGACTACAAGGACGACGATGACAAGT
GCTTCAGTTTCATAATGCCTCC-3' 3' Primer (SEQ ID NO: 4)
5'-GATCGCGGCCGCTTAAGATCTGTAGTCTTTCCGAACTGTGTG-3'
The 5' primer was built to contain a FLAG.RTM. tag in frame with
the p110.beta. sequence. After amplification, the
FLAG.RTM.-p110.beta. sequence was subcloned using standard
recombinant techniques into the EcoR1-Not1 sites of pFastbac HTa
(Life Technologies), such that the clone was in frame with the His
tag of the vector.
[0190] p110.gamma.: The p110.gamma. cDNA (see Stoyanov et al.,
Science, 269:690-93 (1995)) was amplified from a human Marathon
Ready spleen cDNA library (Clontech) according to the
manufacturer's protocol using the following primers:
TABLE-US-00002 5' Primer (SEQ ID NO: 5)
5'-AGAATGCGGCCGCATGGAGCTGGAGAACTATAAACAGCCC-3' 3' Primer (SEQ ID
NO: 6) 5'-CGCGGATCCTTAGGCTGAATGTTTCTCTCCTTGTTTG-3'
A FLAG.RTM. tag was subsequently attached to the 5' end of the
p110.gamma. sequence and was cloned in the BamH1-Spe1 sites of
pFastbac HTb (Life Technologies) using standard recombinant DNA
techniques, with the FLAG.RTM.-110.gamma. sequence in-frame with
the His tag of the vector.
[0191] p85.alpha.: A BamH1-EcoR1 fragment of FLAG.RTM.-tagged p85
cDNA (see Skolnik et al., Cell, 65:83-89 (1991)) was subcloned into
the BamH1-EcoR1 sites of the vector pFastbac dual (Life
Technologies).
[0192] Recombinant baculoviruses containing the above clones were
generated using manufacturer's recommended protocol (Life
Technologies). Baculoviruses expressing His-tagged p110.alpha.,
p110.beta., or p110.delta. catalytic subunit and p85 subunit were
coinfected into Sf21 insect cells. To enrich the heterodimeric
enzyme complex, an excess amount of baculovirus expressing p85
subunit was infected, and the His-tagged p110 catalytic subunit
complexed with p85 was purified on nickel affinity column. Since
p110.gamma. does not associate with p85, Sf21 cells were infected
with recombinant baculoviruses expressing His-tagged p110.gamma.
only. In an alternate approach, p101 can be cloned into
baculovirus, to permit coexpression with its preferred binding
partner p110.gamma..
[0193] The 72-hour post-infected Sf21 cells (3 liters) were
harvested and homogenized in a hypotonic buffer (20 mM HEPES-KOH,
pH 7.8, 5 mM KCl, complete protease inhibitor cocktail (Roche
Biochemicals, Indianapolis, Ind.), using a Dounce homogenizer. The
homogenates were centrifuged at 1,000.times.g for 15 min. The
supernatants were further centrifuged at 10,000.times.g for 20 min,
followed by ultracentrifugation at 100,000.times.g for 60 min. The
soluble fraction was immediately loaded onto 10 mL of HITRAP.RTM.
nickel affinity column (Pharmacia, Piscataway, N.J.) equilibrated
with 50 mL of Buffer A (50 mM HEPES-KOH, pH 7.8, 0.5 M NaCl, 10 mM
imidazole). The column was washed extensively with Buffer A, and
eluted with a linear gradient of 10-500 mM imidazole. Free p85
subunit was removed from the column during the washing step and
only the heterodimeric enzyme complex eluted at 250 mM imidazole.
Aliquots of nickel fractions were analyzed by 10%
SDS-polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis (SDS-PAGE), stained with
SYPRO.RTM. Red (Molecular Probes, Inc., Eugene, Oreg.), and
quantitated with STORM.RTM. PhosphoImager (Molecular Dynamics,
Sunnyvale, Calif.). The active fractions were pooled and directly
loaded onto a 5 mL Hi-trap heparin column preequilibrated with
Buffer B containing 50 mM HEPES-KOH, pH 7.5, 50 mM NaCl, 2 mM
dithiothreitol (DTT). The column was washed with 50 mL of Buffer B
and eluted with a linear gradient of 0.05-2 M NaCl. A single peak
containing PI3K enzyme complex eluted at 0.8 M NaCl.
SDS-polyacrylamide gel analysis showed that the purified PI3K
enzyme fractions contained a 1:1 stoichiometric complex of p110 and
p85 subunits. The protein profile of the enzyme complex during
heparin chromatography corresponded to that of lipid kinase
activity. The active fractions were pooled and frozen under liquid
nitrogen.
Examples 2-6
[0194] Because PI3K.delta. is expressed at significant levels in
leukocytes, it is important to study the effects of the
PI3K.delta.-selective inhibitor on leukocyte functions.
Accordingly, the effects of PI3K.delta. inhibition in several types
of leukocytes were examined. Neutrophils were examined to determine
the effects that selective inhibition of PI3K.delta. might elicit
(Example 2, below). It surprisingly was found that selective
inhibition of PI3K.delta. activity appears to be significantly
associated with inhibition of some but not all functions
characteristic of activated neutrophils. In addition, the effects
of PI3K.delta. inhibition on B cell and T cell function also were
tested (Examples 3-4, below). Moreover, as PI3K.delta. also is
expressed in osteoclasts, the effect of PI3K.delta. inhibition on
the function of these specialized cells was studied (Example 5,
below).
Example 2
Characterization of Role of PI3K.delta. in Neutrophil Function
[0195] The effects of a PI3K.delta. inhibitor of the invention on
neutrophil functions such as superoxide generation, elastase
exocytosis, chemotaxis, and bacterial killing can be tested.
[0196] A. Preparation of Neutrophils from Human Blood
[0197] Aliquots (8 mL) of heparinized blood from healthy volunteers
are layered on 3 mL cushions of 7.3% FICOLL.RTM. (Sigma, St. Louis,
Mo.) and 15.4% HYPAQUE.RTM. (Sigma) and centrifuged at 900 rpm for
30 min at room temperature in a table top centrifuge (Beckman). The
neutrophil-rich band just above the FICOLL.RTM.-HYPAQUE.RTM.
cushion is collected and washed with Hanks' balanced salt solution
(HBSS) containing 0.1% gelatin. Residual erythrocytes are removed
by hypotonic lysis with 0.2% NaCl. The neutrophil preparation is
washed twice with HBSS containing 0.1% gelatin and used
immediately.
[0198] B. Measurement of Superoxide Production from Neutrophils
[0199] Superoxide generation is one of the hallmarks of neutrophil
activation. A variety of activators potentiate superoxide
generation by neutrophils. The effect of a present PI3K.delta.
inhibitor on superoxide generation by three different agonists:
TNF1.alpha., IgG, and fMLP, each representing separate classes of
activator, is measured. Superoxide generated by the neutrophils is
measured by monitoring a change in absorbance upon reduction of
cytochrome C by modification of the method described by Green et
al., (pp. 14.5.1-14.5.11 in Supp. 12, Curr. Protocols Immunol.
(Eds., Colligan et al.) (1994)), as follows. Individual wells of a
96-well plate are coated overnight at 4.degree. C. with 50 .mu.L of
2 mg/mL solution of human fibrinogen or IgG. The wells are washed
with PBS and the following reagents were added to each well: 50
.mu.L of HBSS or superoxide dismutase (1 mg/mL), 50 .mu.L of HBSS
or TNF.alpha. (50 ng/mL), 50 .mu.L cytochrome C (2.7 mg/mL), and
100 .mu.L of purified human neutrophil suspension (2.times.10.sup.6
cells/mL). The plate is centrifuged for 2 min at 200 rpm and
absorbance at 550 nm was monitored for 2 hr. To measure the
relative amounts of superoxide generated, values obtained from the
superoxide dismutase-containing wells are subtracted from all, and
normalized to the values obtained from the wells without any
inhibitor.
[0200] Compounds of the present invention inhibit TNF-induced
superoxide generation by neutrophils in a concentration dependent
manner. In addition, superoxide generation induced by IgG was not
significantly inhibited by compounds of the present invention.
[0201] The effect of compounds of the present invention on
superoxide generation induced by another potent inducer, the
bacterial peptide formylated-Met-Leu-Phe (fMLP), also can be
studied. Like the TNF-induced superoxide generation, fMLP-induced
superoxide generation also is inhibited compounds of the present
invention. These results show that the PI3K.delta. inhibitor
compounds of the present invention can prevent stimulus specific
induction of superoxide generation by neutrophils, indicating that
PI3K.delta. is involved in this process.
[0202] C. Measurement of Elastase Exocytosis from Neutrophils
[0203] In addition to superoxide generation, activated neutrophils
also respond by releasing several proteases that are responsible
for the destruction of tissues and cartilage during inflammation.
As an indication of protease release, the effect of present
compound on elastase exocytosis is measured. Elastase exocytosis is
quantitated by modification of the procedure described by Ossanna
et al. (J. Clin. Invest., 77:1939-51 (1986)), as follows. Purified
human neutrophils (0.2.times.10.sup.6) (treated with either DMSO or
a serial dilution of a present compound in DMSO) are stimulated
with fMLP in PBS containing 0.01 mg/mL cytochalasin B, 1.0 .mu.M
sodium azide (NaN.sub.3), 5 .mu.g/mL L-methionine and 1 .mu.M fMLP
for 90 min at 37.degree. C. in a 96-well plate. At the end of the
incubation period, the plate is centrifuged for 5 min at 1000 rpm,
and 90 .mu.L of the supernatant is transferred to 10 .mu.L of 10 mM
solution of an elastase substrate peptide,
MeO-suc-Ala-Ala-Pro-Val-pNA, wherein MeO-suc=methoxy-succinyl;
pNA=p-nitroanilide (Calbiochem, San Diego, Calif.). Absorbance at
410 nm is monitored for 2 hr in a 96-well plate reader. To measure
the relative amounts of elastase excytosed, all absorbance values
are normalized to the values without any inhibitor. PI3K.delta.
inhibitor compounds of the present invention inhibit fMLP-induced
elastase exocytosis significantly, and do so in a dose-dependent
fashion.
[0204] D. Measurement of fMLP-Induced Human Neutrophil
Migration
[0205] Neutrophils have the intrinsic capacity to migrate through
tissues, and are one of the first cell types to arrive at the sites
of inflammation or tissue injury. The effect of the present
compounds on neutrophil migration towards a concentration gradient
of fMLP is measured. The day before the migration assays are
performed, 6-well plates are coated with recombinant ICAM-1/Fc
fusion protein (Van der Vieren et al., Immunity, 3:683-90 (1995))
(25 .mu.g/mL in bicarbonate buffer, pH 9.3) and left overnight at
4.degree. C. After washing, 1% agarose solution, in RPMI-1640 with
0.5% bovine serum albumin (BSA), is added to wells with or without
an inhibitor, and plates are placed into a refrigerator before
punching holes in the gelled agarose to create plaques (1 central
hole surrounded by 6 peripheral ones per well).
[0206] Human neutrophils are obtained as described above, and
resuspended in RPMI medium supplemented with 0.5% BSA at
5.times.10.sup.6 cells/mL. After combining equal volumes of
neutrophil suspension and medium (either with DMSO or a serial
dilution of the test compound in DMSO), neutrophils are aliquoted
into the peripheral holes, while the central hole received fMLP (5
.mu.M). Plates are incubated at 37.degree. C. in the presence of 5%
CO.sub.2 for 4 hr, followed by termination of migration by the
addition of 1% glutaraldehyde solution in D-PBS. After removing the
agarose layer, wells are washed with distilled water and dried.
[0207] Analysis of neutrophil migration is conducted on a Nikon
DIAPHOT.RTM. inverted microscope (1.times. objective) video
workstation using the NIH 1.61 program. Using Microsoft Excel and
Table Curve 4 (SSPS Inc., Chicago Ill.) programs, a migration index
is obtained for each of the studied conditions. Migration index is
defined as the area under a curve representing number of migrated
neutrophils versus the net distance of migration per cell.
[0208] PI3K.delta. inhibitor compounds of the present invention
have an effect on neutrophil migration, inhibiting this activity in
a dose-dependent manner.
[0209] E. Measurement of Bactericidal Capacity of Neutrophils
[0210] Given that the PI3K.delta. inhibitor compounds of the
present invention affect certain neutrophil functions, whether the
compounds affect neutrophil-mediated bacterial killing is of
interest. The effect of the compounds on neutrophil-mediated
Staphylococcus aureus killing is studied according to the method
described by Clark and Nauseef (pp. 7.23.4-7.23.6 in Vol. 2, Supp.
6, Curr. Protocols Immunol. (Eds., Colligan et al.) (1994)).
Purified human neutrophils (5.times.10.sup.6 cells/mL) (treated
with either DMSO or a serial dilution of present compound in DMSO)
are mixed with autologous serum. Overnight-grown S. aureus cells
are washed, resuspended in HBSS, and added to the serum-opsonized
neutrophils at a 10:1 ratio. Neutrophils are allowed to internalize
the bacteria by phagocytosis by incubation at 37.degree. C. for 20
min. The noninternalized bacteria are killed by 10 units/mL
lysostaphin at 37.degree. C. for 5 min and the total mixture is
rotated at 37.degree. C. Samples are withdrawn at various times for
up to 90 min and the neutrophils are lysed by dilution in water.
Viable bacteria are counted by plating appropriate dilutions on
trypticase-soy-agar plate and counting the S. aureus colonies after
overnight growth.
[0211] Neutrophil-mediated killing of S. aureus is similar in
samples treated with DMSO (control) and with a present compound.
Therefore, a PI3K.delta. inhibitor does not significantly affect
the ability of neutrophils to kill S. aureus, suggesting that
PI3K.delta. is not involved in this pathway of neutrophil
function.
Example 3
Characterization of Role of PI3K.delta. in B Lymphocyte
Function
[0212] The effects of a PI3-kinase inhibitor on B cell functions
including classical indices such as antibody production and
specific stimulus-induced proliferation also are studied.
[0213] A. Preparation and Stimulation of B Cells from Peripheral
Human Blood
[0214] Heparinized blood (200 mL) from healthy volunteers is mixed
with an equal volume of D-PBS, layered on 10.times.10 mL
FICOLL-PAQUE.RTM. (Pharmacia), and centrifuged at 1600 rpm for 30
min at room temperature. Peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC)
are collected from the FICOLL.RTM./serum interface, overlayed on 10
mL fetal bovine serum (FBS) and centrifuged at 800 rpm for 10 min
to remove platelets. After washing, cells are incubated with
DYNAL.RTM. Antibody Mix (B cell kit) (Dynal Corp., Lake Success,
N.Y.) for 20 min at 4-8.degree. C. Following the removal of unbound
antibody, PBL are mixed with anti-mouse IgG coated magnetic beads
(Dynal) for 20 min at 4-8.degree. C. with gentle shaking followed
by elimination of labeled non-B cells on the magnetic bead
separator. This procedure is repeated once more. The B cells are
resuspended in RPMI-1640 with 10% FBS, and kept on ice until
further use.
[0215] B. Measurement of Antibody Production by Human B Cells
[0216] To study antibody production, B cells are aliquoted at
50-75.times.10.sup.3 cells/well into 96-well plate with or without
inhibitor, to which IL-2 (100 U/mL) and PANSORBIN.RTM. (Calbiochem)
Staphylococcus aureus cells (1:90,000) were added. Part of the
media is removed after 24-36 hr, and fresh media (with or without
inhibitor) and IL-2 is added. Cultures are incubated at 37.degree.
C., in the presence of a CO.sub.2 incubator for additional 7 days.
Samples from each condition (in triplicate) are removed, and
analyzed for IgG and IgM, as measured by ELISA. Briefly,
IMMULON.RTM. 4 96-well plates are coated (50 .mu.L/well) with
either 150 ng/mL donkey antihuman IgG (H+L) (Jackson
ImmunoResearch, West Grove Pa.), or 2 .mu.g/mL donkey antihuman
IgG+IgM (H+L) (Jackson ImmunoResearch) in bicarbonate buffer, and
left overnight at 4.degree. C. After washing three times with
phosphate buffered saline containing 0.1% TWEEN.RTM.-80 (PBST) (350
.mu.L/well), and blocking with 3% goat serum in PBST (100
.mu.L/well) for 1 hr at room temperature, samples (100 .mu.L/well)
of B cell spent media diluted in PBST are added. For IgG plates the
dilution range is 1:500 to 1:10000, and for IgM 1:50 to 1:1000.
After 1 hr, plates are exposed to biotin-conjugated antihuman IgG
(100 ng/mL) or antihuman IgM (200 ng/mL) (Jackson ImmunoResearch)
for 30 min, following by streptavidin-HRP (1:20000) for 30 min, and
finally, to TMB solution (1:100) with H.sub.2O.sub.2 (1:10000) for
5 min, with 3.times.PBST washing between steps. Color development
is stopped by H.sub.2SO.sub.4 solution, and plates were read on an
ELISA plate reader.
[0217] Compounds of the present invention inhibited antibody
production.
[0218] C. Measurement of B Cell Proliferation in Response to Cell
Surface IgM Stimulation
[0219] In the above experiment, B cells are stimulated using
PANSORBIN.RTM.. The effect compounds of the present invention on B
cell proliferation response when they are stimulated through their
cell surface IgM using anti-IgM antibody also was measured. Murine
splenocytes (Balb/c) are plated into 96-well microtiter plates at
2.times.10.sup.5 cells per well in 10% FBS/RPMI. Appropriate
dilutions of test inhibitor in complete medium are added to the
cells and the plates are incubated for 30-60 minutes prior to the
addition of stimulus. Following the preincubation with test
inhibitor, an F(ab').sub.2 preparation of goat antibody specific
for the .mu.-chain of mouse IgM is added to the wells at a final
concentration of 25 .mu.g/mL. The plates are incubated at
37.degree. C. for 3 days and 1 .mu.Ci of [.sup.3H]-thymidine is
added to each well for the final four hours of culture. The plates
are harvested onto fiber filters, washed, and the incorporation of
radiolabel is determined using a beta counter (Matrix 96, Packard
Instrument Co., Downers Grove, Ill.) and expressed as counts per
minute (CPM).
[0220] Compounds of the present invention inhibit
anti-IgM-stimulated B cell proliferation in a dose-dependent
manner. Because compounds of the present invention inhibit B cell
proliferation, it is envisioned that these compounds and other
PI3K.delta. inhibitors could be used to suppress undesirable
proliferation of B cells in clinical settings. For example, in B
cell malignancy, B cells of various stages of differentiation show
unregulated proliferation. Based on the results shown above, one
can infer that PI3K.delta. selective inhibitors could be used to
control, limit, or inhibit growth of such cells.
Example 4
Characterization of Role of PI3K.delta. in T Lymphocyte
Function
[0221] T cell proliferation in response to costimulation of
CD3+CD28 is measured. T cells are purified from healthy human blood
by negative selection using antibody coated magnetic beads
according to the manufacturer's protocol (Dynal) and resuspended in
RPMI. The cells are treated with either DMSO or a serial dilution
of a present compound in DMSO and plated at 1.times.10.sup.5
cells/well on a 96-well plate precoated with goat antimouse IgG.
Mouse monoclonal anti-CD3 and anti-CD28 antibodies then are added
to each well at 0.2 ng/mL and 0.2 .mu.g/mL, respectively. The plate
is incubated at 37.degree. C. for 24 hr and [.sup.3H]-thymidine (1
.mu.Ci/well) is added. After another 18-hr incubation, the cells
are harvested with an automatic cell harvester, washed, and the
incorporated radioactivity was quantified.
[0222] Although the present PI3K.delta. inhibitor compounds
inhibited anti-CD3- and anti-CD28-induced proliferation of T cells,
an effect is not as strong as an effect on B cells or on some of
the functions of neutrophils. Accordingly, the present compounds
are not toxic to cells in general.
Example 5
Characterization of Role of PI3K.delta. in Osteoclast Function
[0223] To analyze the effect of the present PI3K.delta. inhibitor
compounds on osteoclasts, mouse bone marrow cells are isolated and
differentiated to osteoclasts by treating the cells with Macrophage
Colony Stimulating Factor.sup.-1 (mCSF.sup.-1) and Osteoprotegerin
Ligand (OPGL) in serum-containing medium (.alpha.MEM with 10%
heat-inactivated FBS; Sigma) for 3 days. On day four, when the
osteoclasts had developed, the medium is removed and cells are
harvested. The osteoclasts are plated on dentine slices at 10.sup.5
cells/well in growth medium, i.e., .alpha.MEM containing 1% serum
and 2% BSA with 55 .mu.g/mL OPGL and 10 ng/mL mCSF.sup.-1. After 3
hr, the medium is changed to 1% serum and 1% BSA, with or without
osteopontin (25 .mu.g/mL) and the PI3K inhibitors (100 nM). The
medium is changed every 24 hours with fresh osteopontin and the
inhibitors. At 72 hr, the medium is removed, and the dentine
surfaces are washed with water to remove cell debris and stained
with acid hematoxylin. Excess stain is washed and the pit depths
are quantitated using confocal microscopy.
[0224] The present PI3-kinase inhibitors had an inhibitory effect
on osteoclast function. Both the nonspecific inhibitors LY294002
and wortmannin inhibited osteoclast activity. However, the present
PI3K.delta. inhibitor compounds had a greater effect, and in some
cases almost completely inhibited osteoclast activity.
Example 6
Characterization of Role of PI3K.delta. in Basophil Function
[0225] Assessment of the effect of a compound of the invention on
basophil function is tested using a conventional histamine release
assay, generally in accordance with the method described in Miura
et al., J. Immunol., 162:4198-206 (1999). Briefly, enriched
basophils are preincubated with test compounds at several
concentrations from 0.1 nM to 1,000 nM for 10 min at 37.degree. C.
Then, polyclonal goat antihuman IgE (0.1 .mu.g/mL) or fMLP is
added, and allowed to incubate for an additional 30 min. Histamine
released into the supernatant is measured using an automated
fluorometric technique.
[0226] A dose-dependent decrease in histamine release was observed
for the present compounds when the basophils are stimulated with
anti-IgE. This suppression of histamine release was essentially
100% at 1,000 nM. The present compound did not elicit any effect
when the basophils are stimulated with fMLP. For comparison, the
nonselective PI3K inhibitor LY294002 is tested at 0.1 nM and 10,000
nM, showing close to 100% inhibition of histamine release at the
highest concentration.
[0227] This indicates that the present inhibitors of PI3K.delta.
activity can be used to suppress release of histamine, which is one
of the mediators of allergy. Since the activity of various PI
3-kinases are required for protein trafficking, secretion, and
exocytosis in many cell types, the above suggests that histamine
release by other cells, such as mast cells, also can be disrupted
by PI 3-kinase delta-selective inhibitors.
CHEMICAL SYNTHESIS EXAMPLES
[0228] Specific nonlimiting examples of compounds of the invention
are provided below. It is understood in the art that protecting
groups can be employed where necessary in accordance with general
principles of synthetic chemistry. These protecting groups are
removed in the final steps of the synthesis under basic, acidic, or
hydrogenolytic conditions readily apparent to persons skilled in
the art. By employing appropriate manipulation and protection of
any chemical functionalities, synthesis of compounds of structural
formulae (I) or (II) not specifically set forth herein can be
accomplished by methods analogous to the schemes and demonstrated
synthetic procedures set forth below.
[0229] Unless otherwise noted, all starting materials were obtained
from commercial suppliers and used without further purification.
All reactions and chromatography fractions were analyzed by
thin-layer chromatography (TLC) on 250 mm silica gel plates,
visualized with ultraviolet (UV) light or iodine (I.sub.2) stain.
Products and intermediates were typically purified by flash
chromatography or reverse-phase high performance liquid
chromatography.
[0230] The following abbreviations are used in the synthetic
examples: aq (aqueous), h (hour), min (minutes), sat'd (saturated),
eq (equivalents), THF (tetrahydrofuran), RT (room temperature),
Et.sub.3N (triethylamine), Zn (zinc dust metal), n-BuOH (n-butyl
alcohol), n-BuLi (n-butyl lithium), t-BuOH (tertiary butyl
alcohol), NaCl (sodium chloride), MgSO.sub.4 (magnesium sulfate),
BOC(C(.dbd.O)OtBu), CDCl.sub.3 (deuterated chloroform), MtBe
(methyl tert-butyl ether), H.sub.2O (water), CHCl.sub.3
(chloroform), HCl (hydrochloric acid), MeOH (methanol), NaOH
(sodium hydroxide), NaOMe (sodium methoxide), TFA (trifluoroacetic
acid), K.sub.2CO.sub.3 (potassium carbonate), SOCl.sub.2 (thionyl
chloride), CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (methylene chloride), EtOAC (ethyl
acetate), DMF (dimethylformamide), EtOH (ethanol), DMSO (dimethyl
sulfoxide), NaHCO.sub.3 (sodium bicarbonate), TLC (thin layer
chromatography), HPLC (high performance liquid chromatography),
electrospray ionization-mass spectrometry (ESI-MS) or MS (ES), HOBT
(hydroxybenzotriazole), EDC (ethyldiethylaminopropylcarbodiimide),
DIEA (diisopropylethylamine), HOAc (acetic acid), ACCUFLUOR.RTM.
NFSi (N-fluorobis(phenylsulfonyl)amine) and other, similar standard
abbreviations are used herein.
Example 7
Preparation of Intermediate Compounds
4-chloro-5-fluoro-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine (1)
[0231] A solution of 4-chloro-5-bromo-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine
(800 mg, 3.45 mmol) in THF (50 mL) at -78.degree. C. was treated
with n-BuLi (1.6 M in hexane, 2.2 eq, 7.6 mmol, 4.7 mL) dropwise,
and stirred for 30 minutes at the same temperature. The mixture was
treated with a solution of ACCUFLUOR.RTM. NFSi (2.0 eq, 7 mmol, 2.2
g) in THF (10 mL). The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room
temperature, was stirred for 10 h, and then concentrated to
dryness. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc (100 mL), washed with
water (3.times.15 mL) and brine (15 mL), dried with
Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, and purified by reverse phase HPLC (10.times.250
mm C18 Luna column, 4.7 mL/min, 10-90% acetonitrile in water over
20 min) to provide intermediate compound 1. ESI-MS m/z=172.1
(MH.sup.+).
[0232] The reaction described above and intermediate compound 1 are
shown below.
##STR00010##
2-amino-6-morpholin-4-ylmethyl-N-phenyl-benzamide (2)
[0233] Intermediate compound 2 was prepared according to the
procedures set forth in steps A-F below.
6-nitro-benzoic acid methyl ester (3)
[0234] Step A: A solution of 6-nitro-benzoic acid in benzene was
treated with thionyl chloride (2.5 eq) and stirred at reflux for 8
h. After evaporation, the residue was dissolved in chloroform and
then treated with methanol. After stirring at reflux for 3 h, the
mixture was evaporated to afford compound 3.
2-bromomethyl-6-nitro-benzoic acid methyl ester (4)
[0235] Step B: A mixture of compound 3 (2 g), N-bromosuccinimide
(1.93 g), and benzoyl peroxide (0.124 g) in carbon tetrachloride
(30 mL) was stirred at reflux overnight. After cooling, solids were
filtered off and the filtrate was concentrated to yield compound 4
as a crude, yellow oil.
2-morpholin-4-ylmethyl-6-nitro-benzoic acid methyl ester (5)
[0236] Step C: A mixture of compound 4 (3.5 g, crude material),
morpholine (0.99 g), potassium carbonate (2.89 g), and potassium
iodide (1.66 g) in DMF (22 mL) was stirred at room temperature
overnight. The reaction mixture was poured into water (30 mL) and
extracted with ethyl acetate (3.times.30 mL). The combined organic
extracts were washed with brine (30 mL), dried over sodium sulfate,
and concentrated to a residue. The crude material was purified by
flash chromatography (silica gel, 30-50% ethyl acetate/hexanes) to
yield compound 5 as a yellow solid.
2-morpholin-4-ylmethyl-6-nitro-benzoic acid (6)
[0237] Step D: A solution of compound 5 (0.85 g) and NaOH (0.304 g)
in a mixture of water (9 mL), methanol (5 mL), and THF (45 mL) was
stirred at reflux for 24 h and concentrated to dryness. The residue
was dissolved in water, and the solution was cooled to 0.degree. C.
and adjusted to pH 7 with 10% potassium hydrogen sulfate. The
mixture was concentrated to dryness, the residue was treated with
methanol, and filtered to remove solids. The filtrate was
concentrated to yield compound 6 as a yellow solid.
2-morpholin-4-ylmethyl-6-nitro-N-phenyl-benzamide (7)
[0238] Step E: A solution of compound 6 (0.62 g, 2.3 mmol) in THF
(50 mL) was treated with thionyl chloride (0.94 mL), stirred at
room temperature for 4 h, and evaporated to dryness. The residue
was dissolved in THF (50 mL) and treated with aniline (0.58 mL, 6.4
mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (1.12 mL, 6.4 mmol). The reaction
mixture was stirred for 4 h, concentrated, dissolved in
dichloromethane (50 mL), washed with saturated aqueous sodium
bicarbonate (25 mL) and brine (25 mL), dried with sodium sulfate,
and concentrated. The crude residue of compound 7 then was purified
by flash chromatography (5% methanol in dichloromethane).
2-amino-6-morpholin-4-ylmethyl-N-phenyl-benzamide (2)
[0239] Step F: A solution of compound 7 (0.3 g) and 10% Pd/C (30
mg) in methanol (35 mL) was stirred under hydrogen (1 atm) for 1.5
h. The mixture was filtered through a bed of CELITE.RTM. and the
filtrate was concentrated to provide a yellow solid product,
intermediate compound 2. ESI-MS m/z=312 (MH.sup.+).
[0240] Steps A-F and compounds 2-7 are shown in the reaction scheme
below.
##STR00011##
3-morpholin-4-ylmethyl-phenylamine (8)
[0241] Intermediate compound 8 (shown below) was prepared according
to the procedures set forth in steps A and B.
4-(3-nitrobenzyl)morpholine (9)
[0242] Step A: A 250 mL, one-neck, round bottomed flask equipped
with a magnetic stirrer and reflux condenser was charged with
1-chloromethyl-3-nitrobenzene (10.0 g, 58.3 mmol), morpholine (15.0
g, 175 mmol) and toluene (75 mL), and the solution was heated at
reflux for 2.5 h. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to
ambient temperature then washed with 1N aqueous sodium hydroxide
(2.times.50 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate
(3.times.50 mL), and the combined extracts were dried over sodium
sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford compound
9 as an off-white solid. .sup.1H NMR (CDCl.sub.3) .delta. (ppm)
8.22 (s, 1H), 8.12 (d, 1H, J=8.2 Hz), 7.68 (d, 1H, J=7.6 Hz), 7.49
(t, 1H, J=7.9 Hz), 3.73 (m, 4H), 3.59 (s, 2H), 2.46 (m, 4H).
3-morpholin-4-ylmethyl-phenylamine (8)
[0243] Step B: A 250-mL, three-neck, round bottomed flask equipped
with a mechanical stirrer and reflux condensor was charged with
compound 9 (12.7 g, 57.4 mmol), iron powder (40.0 g, 71.7 mmol), 2N
hydrochloric acid (20 mL) and ethanol (75 mL). The resulting
suspension was heated at reflux for 2 h. After this time the
mixture was allowed to cool and filtered through a pad of
CELITE.RTM. 521. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced
pressure, the residue diluted with water (100 mL) and basified with
solid potassium carbonate to pH 10. The mixture was extracted with
ethyl acetate (3.times.75 mL) and the combined organic extracts
were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under
reduced pressure to yield compound 8 as a dark viscous oil. .sup.1H
NMR (CDCl.sub.3) .delta.(ppm) 7.09 (t, 1H, J=8.1 Hz), 6.70 (m, 2H),
6.58 (m, 1H), 3.70 (m, 4H), 3.40 (bs, 2H), 2.44 (m, 4H).
Intermediate compound 8 is shown below.
##STR00012##
6-bromo-9-(2-trimethylsilanyl-ethoxymethyl)-9H-purine (10)
[0244] A 500-mL, one-neck, round bottomed flask equipped with a
magnetic stirrer was charged with 6-bromopurine (10.4 g, 52.0
mmol), potassium carbonate (21.5 g, 156 mmol), 4 .ANG. molecular
sieves (22.6 g), dimethylformamide (200 mL) and
2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl chloride (13.2 g, 78.0 mmol). The
reaction mixture was stirred for 18 h at ambient temperature, then
filtered with the aid of CELITE.RTM.521. Concentration of the
filtrate under high vacuum followed by column chromatography gave a
57% yield of intermediate compound 10 as an off-white solid. m.p.
49-52.degree. C.; .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. (ppm) 8.95 (s,
1H), 8.86 (s, 1H), 3.69 (t, 2H, J=8.0 Hz), 0.93 (t, 2H, J=8.2 Hz),
0.08 (s, 9H); m/z=330 (M+H). Intermediate compound 10 is shown
below.
##STR00013##
2-amino-6-bromo-9-(2-trimethylsilylethoxy)methyl-9H-purine (11)
[0245] Intermediate compound 11 was prepared using the method
described above with respect to intermediate compound 10, but
2-amino-6-bromopurine was used in place of 6-bromopurine.
Intermediate compound 11 is shown below.
##STR00014##
2-di-tert-butyloxycarbonylamino-6-bromo-9-(2-trimethylsilylethoxy)methyl--
9H-purine (12)
[0246] A 250-mL, one-neck, round bottomed flask equipped with a
magnetic stirrer was purged with nitrogen and charged with
intermediate compound 11 (11.7 g, 34.0 mmol), di-tert-butyl
dicarbonate (22.2 g, 102 mmol), DMAP (581 mg, 4.76 mmol) and
anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (150 mL). The reaction mixture was
stirred for 18 h at ambient temperature and then evaporated to
dryness. Column chromatography of the resulting residue yielded
intermediate compound 12 as a white solid. m.p 93-95.degree. C.;
.sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. (ppm) 8.99 (s, 1H), 5.71 (s,
2H), 3.66 (t, 2H, J=8.0 Hz), 1.47 (s, 18H), 0.92 (t, 2H, J=8.2 Hz);
m/z=546 (M+H). Intermediate compound 12 is shown below.
##STR00015##
6-chloro-9-(2-trimethylsilanyl-ethoxymethyl)-9H-purine (13)
[0247] Intermediate compound 13 was prepared using the method
described above with respect to intermediate compound 10, but
6-chloropurine was used in place of 6-bromopurine. Intermediate
compound 13 is shown below.
##STR00016##
General Procedures
[0248] The compounds of the present invention can be prepared by
the following methods. Additional compounds are prepared using one
of the following methods and selecting appropriate starting
materials and reagents. General procedures and specific procedures
for synthesizing the present compounds also are set forth in U.S.
Pat. No. 6,518,277, incorporated herein by reference.
Example 8
Compound Preparation
[0249] Compounds in accordance with general formula I (shown above)
have been prepared according to the exemplary synthetic procedures
described below.
5-methyl-3-phenyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-propyl]-3H-quinazolin-4-one
(14)
[0250] Compound (14) was prepared according to the procedures set
forth in steps A-D below.
2-amino-6-methyl-N-phenyl-benzamide (15)
[0251] Step A: Thionyl chloride (14.5 mL, 198 mmol) was added to a
solution of 2-amino-6-methylbenzoic acid (10.0 g, 66.1 mmol) in
benzene (250 mL). The resulting suspension was heated to reflux and
stirred overnight. After cooling, the reaction was concentrated in
vacuo, and the resulting residue was dissolved in chloroform (300
mL). Aniline (15 mL, 165 mmol) was added, and the mixture heated to
reflux. After three hours, the reaction was allowed to cool and the
resulting suspension was filtered. The filtrate was subjected to
flash chromatography, and the crude product recrystallized from
isopropanol to provide compound 15 as a yellow crystalline solid.
MS (ES): m/z 227 (M+H), 134. 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) .delta.
10.26 (s, 1H), 7.75 (d, 2H, J=7.9 Hz), 7.32 (t, 2H, J=7.8 Hz), 7.07
(t, 1H, J=7.3 Hz), 7.00 (t, 1H, J=7.8 Hz), 6.58 (d, 1H, J=8.1 Hz),
6.46 (d, 1H, J=7.4 Hz), 4.98 (br. s, 2H), 2.21 (s, 3H). The
reaction described above and compound 15 are shown below.
##STR00017##
[1-(5-methyl-4-oxo-3-phenyl-3,4-dihydroquinazolin-2-yl)propyl]-carbamic
acid benzyl ester (16)
[0252] Step B: Compound 15 (1.20 g, 5.30 mmol) was combined with
2-benzyloxycarbonylaminobutyric acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl
ester (2.13 g, 6.36 mmol), dimethylaminopyridine (915 mg, 7.49
mmol), and diisopropylethylamine (1.10 mL, 6.36 mmol) in toluene
(15 mL). The mixture was heated to 110.degree. C. and stirred at
that temperature for 22 hours. After cooling, the reaction was
purified by flash chromatography to provide the quinazolinone (16)
as a pale yellow solid. MS (ES): m/z 428 (M+H). .sup.1H NMR (300
MHz, DMSO-d6) .delta. 10.26 (s, 1H), 7.75 (d, 2H, J=7.9 Hz), 7.32
(t, 2H, J=7.8 Hz), 7.07 (t, 1H, J=7.3 Hz), 7.00 (t, 1H, J=7.8 Hz),
6.58 (d, 1H, J=8.1 Hz), 6.46 (d, 1H, J=7.4 Hz), 4.98 (br. s, 2H),
2.21 (s, 3H). The reaction described above and compound 16 are
shown below.
##STR00018##
2-(1-amino-propyl)-5-methyl-3-phenyl-3H-quinazolin-4-one (17)
[0253] Step C: A catalytic amount of 10% Pd/C was added to a
solution of compound 16 (691 mg, 1.62 mmol) in ethanol (8 mL). The
resulting mixture was placed under a hydrogen atmosphere (balloon
pressure) and allowed to stir at ambient temperature overnight. The
reaction was filtered, and the filtrate concentrated in vacuo. The
resulting crude residue was purified by flash chromatography to
afford the free amine, compound 17, as a pale yellow oil. (ES): m/z
294 (M+H), 237. .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) .delta. 7.68 (t, 1H,
J=7.7 Hz), 7.49-7.63 (m, 3H), 7.43-7.49 (m, 1H), 7.36-7.43 (m, 1H),
7.19-7.34 (m, 2H), 4.03-4.19 (m, 1H), 2.72 (s, 3H), 2.04 (br. s,
2H), 1.63-1.79 (m, 1H), 1.29-1.44 (m, 1H), 0.68 (t, 3H, J=7.3 Hz).
The reaction described above and compound 17 are shown below.
##STR00019##
[0254] Step C (alternative procedure): Trifluoroacetic acid was
added to a solution of the Boc-protected amine compound 16 in
dichloromethane. The resulting solution was allowed to stir at
ambient temperature until LCMS or TLC indicated complete
consumption of starting material. The reaction was concentrated in
vacuo, and the residue purified by flash chromatography to provide
the free amine 17.
5-methyl-3-phenyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-propyl]-3H-quinazolin-4-one
(14)
[0255] Step D: Compound 17 (100 mg, 0.341 mmol) was combined with
6-bromo purine (75 mg, 0.375 mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (65
uL, 0.375 mmol) in n-butanol (1.0 mL). The reaction was sealed,
heated to 120.degree. C., and stirred for 18 hours. The solution
was allowed to cool, then concentrated in vacuo. The resulting
residue was purified by prep HPLC to provide compound 14 as an
olive solid. (ES): m/z 412 (M+H), 206. .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz,
DMSO-d6) .delta. 8.96-9.06 (br. m, 1H), 8.53 (br. s, 1H), 8.51 (s,
1H), 7.68 (t, 1H, J=7.8 Hz), 7.45-7.62 (m, 6H), 7.31 (d, 1H, J=7.3
Hz), 4.76-4.86 (m, 1H), 2.73 (s, 3H), 1.98-2.11 (m, 1H), 1.76-1.94
(m, 1H), 0.79 (t, 3H, J=7.2 Hz). The reaction described above and
compound 14 are shown below.
##STR00020##
2-[1-(2-fluoro-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-5-methyl-3-phenyl-3H-quinazolin-
-4-one (18)
[0256] Compound 18 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but
2-fluoro-6-chloropurine was used in place of 6-bromopurine in step
D. ESI-MS m/z 416.1 (MH.sup.+). Compound 18 is shown below.
##STR00021##
3-(2,6-difluoro-phenyl)-5-methyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H-quin-
azolin-4-one (19)
[0257] Compound 19 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but
2,6-difluorolaniline was used in place of aniline in step A,
2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-propionic acid 2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl
ester was substituted for 2-benzyloxycarbonylaminobutyric acid
2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester in step B, and the alternate
procedure (TFA deprotection) was used in step C. ESI-MS m/z 434.1
(MH.sup.+). Compound 19 is shown below.
##STR00022##
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3-(2,6-difluoro-phenyl)-5-methyl-
-3H-quinazolin-4-one (20)
[0258] Compound 20 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but
2,6-difluoroaniline was substituted for aniline in step A,
2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-propionic acid 2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl
ester was substituted for 2-benzyloxycarbonylaminobutyric acid
2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester in step B, the alternate procedure
(TFA deprotection) was used in step C, and 2-amino-6-bromopurine
was substituted for 6-bromopurine in step D. ESI-MS m/z 449.5
(MH.sup.+). Compound 20 is shown below.
##STR00023##
3-(2,6-difluoro-phenyl)-2-[1-(2-fluoro-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-5-methy-
l-3H-quinazolin-4-one (21)
[0259] Compound 21 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but
2,6-difluoroaniline was substituted for aniline in step A,
2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-propionic acid 2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl
ester was substituted for 2-benzyloxycarbonylaminobutyric acid
2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester in step B, the alternate procedure
(TFA deprotection) was used in step C, and 2-fluoro-6-chloropurine
was substituted for 6-bromopurine in step D. .sup.1HNMR (MeOH-d4):
.delta. 8.22-8.17 (m, 1H); 7.76-7.62 (m, 2H); 7.47-7.45 (m, 1H);
7.38-7.33 (m, 1.2H); 7.30-7.17 (m, 1H); 6.88-6.75 (m, 1H);
5.30-5.27 (m, 0.5H); 5.09-5.07 (m, 0.5H); 2.778 (s, 3H); 1.62-1.50
(m, 3H). Compound 21 is shown below.
##STR00024##
3-(2,6-difluoro-phenyl)-5-methyl-2-[1-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ylami-
no)-ethyl]-3H-quinazolin-4-one (22)
[0260] Compound 22 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but
2,6-difluoroaniline was substituted for aniline in step A,
2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-propionic acid 2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl
ester was substituted for 2-benzyloxycarbonylaminobutyric acid
2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester in step B, the alternate procedure
(TFA deprotection) was used in step C, and
4-chloro-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine was substituted for
6-bromopurine in step D. ESI-MS m/z 433 (MH.sup.+). Compound 22 is
shown below.
##STR00025##
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-propyl]-5-methyl-3-phenyl-3H-quinazolin-
-4-one (23)
[0261] Compound 23 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but
2-amino-6-bromopurine was substituted for 6-bromopurine in step D.
MS (ES): m/z 427 (M+H), 214. Compound 23 is shown below.
##STR00026##
5-methyl-3-phenyl-2-[1-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-propyl]-3H--
quinazolin-4-one (24)
[0262] Compound 24 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but
7-deaza-6-chloropurine was substituted for 6-bromopurine in step D.
MS (ES): m/z 411 (M+H), 206. Compound 24 is shown below.
##STR00027##
2-[1-(2-fluoro-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-propyl]-5-methyl-3-phenyl-3H-quinazoli-
n-4-one (25)
[0263] Compound 25 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but
2-fluoro-6-chloropurine was substituted for 6-bromopurine in step
D. MS (ES): m/z 430 (M+H), 446. Compound 25 is shown below.
##STR00028##
5-methyl-3-phenyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H-quinazolin-4-one
(26)
[0264] Compound 26 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but
2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-propionic acid 2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl
ester was substituted for 2-benzyloxycarbonylaminobutyric acid
2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester in step B, and the alternate
procedure (TFA deprotection) was used in step C. MS (ES): m/z 398
(M+H). Compound 26 is shown below.
##STR00029##
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-5-methyl-3-phenyl-3H-quinazolin--
4-one (27)
[0265] Compound 27 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but
2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-propionic acid 2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl
ester was substituted for 2-benzyloxycarbonylaminobutyric acid
2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester in step B, the alternate procedure
(TFA deprotection) was used in step C, and 2-amino-6-bromopurine
was substituted for 6-bromopurine in step D. ESI-MS m/z 413.1
(MH.sup.+). Compound 27 is shown below.
##STR00030##
2-[2-benzyloxy-1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-5-methyl-3-phenyl-3H-quinazo-
lin-4-one (28)
[0266] Compound 28 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but
3-benzyloxy-2-tert-butoxycarbonylaminopropionic acid
2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester was substituted for
2-benzyloxycarbonylaminobutyric acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl
ester in step B, and the alternate procedure (TFA deprotection) was
used in step C. MS (ES): m/z 504 (M+H), 396, 261. Compound 28 is
shown below.
##STR00031##
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-2-benzyloxy-ethyl]-5-methyl-3-phenyl-3H-
-quinazolin-4-one (29)
[0267] Compound 29 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but
3-benzyloxy-2-tert-butoxycarbonylaminopropionic acid
2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester was substituted for
2-benzyloxycarbonylaminobutyric acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl
ester in step B, the alternate procedure (TFA deprotection) was
used in step C, and 2-amino-6-bromopurine was substituted for
6-bromopurine in step D. MS (ES): m/z 519 (M+H), 411, 261. Compound
29 is shown below.
##STR00032##
2-[2-benzyloxy-1-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-ethyl]-5-methyl-3-
-phenyl-3H-quinazolin-4-one (30)
[0268] Compound 30 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but
3-benzyloxy-2-tert-butoxycarbonylaminopropionic acid
2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester was substituted for
2-benzyloxycarbonylaminobutyric acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl
ester in step B, the alternate procedure (TFA deprotection) was
used in step C, and 4-chloro-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine was
substituted for 6-bromopurine in step D. MS (ES): m/z 503 (M+H),
395. Compound 30 is shown below.
##STR00033##
2-[2-benzyloxy-1-(2-fluoro-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-5-methyl-3-phenyl-3-
H-quinazolin-4-one (31)
[0269] Compound 31 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but
3-benzyloxy-2-tert-butoxycarbonylaminopropionic acid
2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester was substituted for
2-benzyloxycarbonylaminobutyric acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl
ester in step B, the alternate procedure (TFA deprotection) was
used in step C, and 2-fluoro-6-chloropurine was substituted for
6-bromopurine in step D. MS (ES): m/z 522 (M+H), 414, 261. Compound
31 is shown below.
##STR00034##
3-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-5-methyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H-quinazol-
in-4-one (32)
[0270] Compound 32 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but, with the
following changes: 4-fluoroaniline was substituted for aniline in
step A, 2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-propionic acid
2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl ester was substituted for
2-benzyloxycarbonylaminobutyric acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl
ester in step B, and the alternate procedure (TFA deprotection) was
used in step C. ESI-MS m/z 416.1 (MH.sup.+). Compound 32 is shown
below.
##STR00035##
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-5-methyl-3H--
quinazolin-4-one (33)
[0271] Compound 33 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but 4-fluoroaniline
was substituted for aniline in step A,
2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-propionic acid 2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl
ester was substituted for 2-benzyloxycarbonylaminobutyric acid
2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester in step B, the alternate procedure
(TFA deprotection) was used in step C, and 2-amino-6-bromopurine
was substituted for 6-bromopurine in step D. ESI-MS m/z 431.1
(MH.sup.+). Compound 33 is shown below.
##STR00036##
3-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-2-[1-(2-fluoro-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-5-methyl-3H-
-quinazolin-4-one (34)
[0272] Compound 34 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but, 4-fluoroaniline
was substituted for aniline in step A,
2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-propionic acid 2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl
ester was substituted for 2-benzyloxycarbonylaminobutyric acid
2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester in step B, the alternate procedure
(TFA deprotection) was used in step C, and 2-fluoro-6-chloropurine
was substituted for 6-bromopurine in step D. ESI-MS m/z 434.1
(MH.sup.+). Compound 34 is shown below.
##STR00037##
3-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-5-methyl-2-[1-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ylamino)--
ethyl]-3H-quinazolin-4-one (35)
[0273] Compound 35 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but 4-fluoroaniline
was substituted for aniline in step A,
2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-propionic acid 2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl
ester was substituted for 2-benzyloxycarbonylaminobutyric acid
2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester in step B, the alternate procedure
(TFA deprotection) was used in step C, and
4-chloro-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine was substituted for
6-bromopurine in step D. ESI-MS m/z 415.1 (MH.sup.+). Compound 35
is shown below.
##STR00038##
5-methyl-3-phenyl-2-[1-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H-q-
uinazolin-4-one (36)
[0274] Compound 36 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but
2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-propionic acid 2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl
ester was substituted for 2-benzyloxycarbonylaminobutyric acid
2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester in step B, the alternate procedure
(TFA deprotection) was used in step C, and
4-chloro-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine was substituted for
6-bromopurine in step D. ESI-MS m/z 397 (MH.sup.+). Compound 36 is
shown below.
##STR00039##
3-(3-fluoro-phenyl)-5-methyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H-quinazol-
in-4-one (37)
[0275] Compound 37 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but 3-fluoroaniline
was substituted for aniline in step A,
2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-propionic acid 2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl
ester was substituted for 2-benzyloxycarbonylaminobutyric acid
2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester in step B, and the alternate
procedure (TFA deprotection) was used in step C. .sup.1HNMR
(dmso-d6): 8.30-8.28 (m, 2H); 7.70-7.49 (m, 3H); 7.44-7.30 (m, 4H);
4.91-4.88 (m, 1H); 2.72-2.68 (m, 3h); 1.50-1.48 (m, 3H). Compound
37 is shown below.
##STR00040##
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3-(3-fluoro-phenyl)-5-methyl-3H--
quinazolin-4-one (38)
[0276] Compound 38 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but 3-fluoroaniline
was substituted for aniline in step A,
2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-propionic acid 2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl
ester was substituted for 2-benzyloxycarbonylaminobutyric acid
2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester in step B, the alternate procedure
(TFA deprotection) was used in step C, and 2-amino-6-bromopurine
was substituted for 6-bromopurine in step D. .sup.1H NMR (dmso-d6):
8.16-8.12 (m, 1H); 7.74-7.69 (m, 1H); 7.62-7.53 (m, 2H); 7.46-7.12
(m, 6H); 4.96 (bs, 1H); 2.74-2.67 (m, 3H); 1.47-1.45 (m, 3H).
Compound 38 is shown below.
##STR00041##
3-(3-fluoro-phenyl)-5-methyl-2-[1-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ylamino)--
ethyl]-3H-quinazolin-4-one (39)
[0277] Compound 39 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but 3-fluoroaniline
was substituted for aniline in step A,
2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-propionic acid 2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl
ester was substituted for 2-benzyloxycarbonylaminobutyric acid
2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester in step B, the alternate procedure
(TFA deprotection) was used in step C, and
4-chloro-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine was substituted for
6-bromopurine in step D. ESI-MS m/z 415.1 (MH.sup.+). Compound 39
is shown below.
##STR00042##
5-methyl-3-phenyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-yl)-pyrrolidin-2-yl]-3H-quinazolin-4-o-
ne (40)
[0278] Compound 40 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but
pyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylic acid 1-tert-butyl ester
2-(2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl) ester was substituted for
2-benzyloxycarbonylaminobutyric acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl
ester in step B, and the alternate procedure (TFA deprotection) was
used in step C. MS (ES): m/z 424 (M+H), 212. Compound 40 is shown
below.
##STR00043##
2-[2-hydroxy-1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-5-methyl-3-phenyl-3H-quinazoli-
n-4-one (41)
[0279] A suspension of compound 28 (60 mg, 0.097 mmol),
Pd(OH).sub.2 (cat.), and aqueous Na.sub.2CO.sub.3 (0.5 mL) in
ethanol (2.5 mL) was hydrogenated at 45 psi for 14 days. The
mixture was filtered to removed solvents, and the resulting
filtrate was purified by HPLC to provide the product 41 as a white
solid. MS (ES): m/z 414 (M+H), 396, 261. Compound 41 is shown
below.
##STR00044##
5-methyl-3-phenyl-2-[phenyl-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-methyl]-3H-quinazolin-4--
one (42)
[0280] Compound 42 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but
tert-butoxycarbonylamino-phenyl-acetic acid
2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester was substituted for
2-benzyloxycarbonylaminobutyric acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl
ester in step B, and the alternate procedure (TFA deprotection) was
used in step C. MS (ES): m/z 460 (M+H), 325. Compound 42 is shown
below.
##STR00045##
2-[(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-phenyl-methyl]-5-methyl-3-phenyl-3H-quina-
zolin-4-one (43)
[0281] Compound 43 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but
tert-butoxycarbonylamino-phenyl-acetic acid
2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester was substituted for
2-benzyloxycarbonylaminobutyric acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl
ester in step B, the alternate procedure (TFA deprotection) was
used in step C, and 2-amino-6-bromopurine was substituted for
6-bromopurine in step D. MS (ES): m/z 475 (M+H). Compound 43 is
shown below.
##STR00046##
2-[(2-fluoro-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-phenyl-methyl]-5-methyl-3-phenyl-3H-quin-
azolin-4-one (44)
[0282] Compound 44 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but
tert-butoxycarbonylamino-phenyl-acetic acid
2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester was substituted for
2-benzyloxycarbonylaminobutyric acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl
ester in step B, the alternate procedure (TFA deprotection) was
used in step C, and 2-fluoro-6-chloropurine was substituted for
6-bromopurine in step D. MS (ES): m/z 478 (M+H), 325. Compound 44
is shown below.
##STR00047##
5-methyl-3-phenyl-2-[phenyl-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-methyl-
]-3H-quinazolin-4-one (45)
[0283] Compound 45 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but
tert-butoxycarbonylamino-phenyl-acetic acid
2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester was substituted for
2-benzyloxycarbonylaminobutyric acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl
ester in step B, the alternate procedure (TFA deprotection) was
used in step C, and 4-chloro-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine was
substituted for 6-bromopurine in step D. MS (ES): m/z 459 (M+H),
230. Compound 45 is shown below.
##STR00048##
5-fluoro-3-phenyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H-quinazolin-4-one
(46)
[0284] Compound 46 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but
2-amino-6-fluoro-benzoic acid was substituted for
2-amino-6-methyl-benzoic acid in step A,
2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-propionic acid 2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl
ester was substituted for 2-benzyloxycarbonylaminobutyric acid
2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester in step B, and the alternate
procedure (TFA deprotection) was used in step C. ESI-MS m/z 402.3
(MH.sup.+). Compound 46 is shown below.
##STR00049##
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-5-fluoro-3-phenyl-3H-quinazolin--
4-one (47)
[0285] Compound 47 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but
2-amino-6-fluoro-benzoic acid was substituted for
2-amino-6-methyl-benzoic acid in step A,
2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-propionic acid 2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl
ester was substituted for 2-benzyloxycarbonylaminobutyric acid
2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester in step B, the alternate procedure
(TFA deprotection) was used in step C, and 2-amino-6-bromopurine
was substituted for 6-bromopurine in step D. ESI-MS m/z 417.2
(MH.sup.+). Compound 47 is shown below.
##STR00050##
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-5-chloro-3-phenyl-3H-quinazolin--
4-one (48)
[0286] Compound 48 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but
2-amino-6-chlorobenzoic acid was substituted for
2-amino-6-methylbenzoic acid in step A,
2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-propionic acid 2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl
ester was substituted for 2-benzyloxycarbonylaminobutyric acid
2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester in step B, the alternate procedure
(TFA deprotection) was used in step C, and 2-amino-6-bromopurine
was substituted for 6-bromopurine in step D. MS (ES): m/z 433
(M+H), 177. Compound 48 is shown below.
##STR00051##
[5-(5-methyl-4-oxo-3-phenyl-3,4-dihydro-quinazolin-2-yl)-5-(9H-purin-6-yl-
amino)-pentyl]-carbamic acid benzyl ester (49)
[0287] Compound 49 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but
6-benzyloxycarbonylamino-2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-hexanoic acid
2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester was substituted for
2-benzyloxycarbonylaminobutyric acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl
ester in step B, and the alternate procedure (TFA deprotection) was
used in step C. ESI-MS m/z 589 (MH.sup.+). Compound 49 is shown
below.
##STR00052##
[5-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-5-(5-methyl-4-oxo-3-phenyl-3,4-dihydro-qu-
inazolin-2-yl)-pentyl]-carbamic acid benzyl ester (50)
[0288] Compound 50 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but
6-benzyloxycarbonylamino-2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-hexanoic acid
2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester was substituted for
2-benzyloxycarbonylaminobutyric acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl
ester in step B, the alternate procedure (TFA deprotection) was
used in step C, and 2-amino-6-bromopurine was substituted for
6-bromopurine in step D. ESI-MS m/z 604 (MH.sup.+). Compound 50 is
shown below.
##STR00053##
[4-(5-methyl-4-oxo-3-phenyl-3,4-dihydro-quinazolin-2-yl)-4-(9H-purin-6-yl-
amino)-butyl]-carbamic acid benzyl ester (51)
[0289] Compound 51 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but
6-benzyloxycarbonylamino-2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-pentanoic acid
2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester was substituted for
2-benzyloxycarbonylaminobutyric acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl
ester in step B, and the alternate procedure (TFA deprotection) was
used in step C. ESI-MS m/z 575 (MH.sup.+). Compound 51 is shown
below.
##STR00054##
[4-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-4-(5-methyl-4-oxo-3-phenyl-3,4-dihydro-qu-
inazolin-2-yl)-butyl]-carbamic acid benzyl ester (52)
[0290] Compound 52 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but
6-benzyloxycarbonylamino-2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-pentanoic acid
2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester was substituted for
2-benzyloxycarbonylaminobutyric acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl
ester in step B, the alternate procedure (TFA deprotection) was
used in step C, and 2-amino-6-bromopurine was substituted for
6-bromopurine in step D. ESI-MS m/z 590 (MH.sup.+). Compound 52 is
shown below.
##STR00055##
3-phenyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H-quinazolin-4-one
(53)
[0291] Compound 53 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but anthranilic acid
was substituted for 2-amino-6-methylbenzoic acid in step A,
2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-propionic acid 2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl
ester was substituted for 2-benzyloxycarbonylaminobutyric acid
2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester in step B, and the alternate
procedure (TFA deprotection) was used in step C. MS (ES): m/z 384.1
(M+H). Compound 53 is shown below.
##STR00056##
2-[5-amino-1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-pentyl]-5-methyl-3-phenyl-3H-quinazolin-
-4-one) (54)
[0292] A mixture of compound 49 (28.5 mg) and palladium on carbon
(10 mg, 10% Pd) in ethanol (2 mL) was shaken with hydrogen (40 psi)
for 48 h. The mixture was filtered through CELITE.RTM. and the
filtrate was concentrated to afford the product 54. ESI-MS m/z 455
(MH.sup.+). Compound 54 is shown below.
##STR00057##
2-[5-amino-1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-pentyl]-5-methyl-3-phenyl-3H-qu-
inazolin-4-one (55)
[0293] Compound 55 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 54, but compound 50 was
substituted for compound 49. ESI-MS m/z 470 (MH.sup.+). Compound 55
is shown below.
##STR00058##
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3-(2,6-Dimethyl-phenyl)-5-methyl-
-3H-quinazolin-4-one (56)
[0294] Compound 56 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but
2,6-dimethylaniline was substituted for aniline in step A,
2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-propionic acid 2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl
ester was substituted for 2-benzyloxycarbonylaminobutyric acid
2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester in step B, the alternate procedure
(TFA deprotection) was used in step C, and 2-amino-6-bromopurine
was substituted for 6-bromopurine in step D. ESI-MS m/z 441
(MH.sup.+). Compound 56 is shown below.
##STR00059##
3-(2,6-dimethyl-phenyl)-5-methyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H-quin-
azolin-4-one (57)
[0295] Compound 57 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but
2,6-dimethylaniline was substituted for aniline in step A,
2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-propionic acid 2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl
ester was substituted for 2-benzyloxycarbonylaminobutyric acid
2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester in step B, and the alternate
procedure (TFA deprotection) was used in step C. ESI-MS m/z 426
(MH.sup.+). Compound 57 is shown below.
##STR00060##
5-morpholin-4-ylmethyl-3-phenyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H-quina-
zolin-4-one (58)
[0296] Compound 58 was prepared using steps B, C, and D of the
general procedure described above with respect to compound 14, but
intermediate compound 2 was substituted for the product of step A
in step B (step A was thus not needed),
2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-propionic acid 2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl
ester was substituted for 2-benzyloxycarbonylaminobutyric acid
2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester in step B, and the alternate
procedure (TFA deprotection) was used in step C. ESI-MS m/z 483
(MH.sup.+). Compound 58 is shown below.
##STR00061##
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-5-morpholin-4ylmethyl-3-phenyl-3-
H-quinazolin-4-one (59)
[0297] Compound 59 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 58, but
2-amino-6-bromopurine was substituted for 6-bromopurine in step D.
ESI-MS m/z 498 (MH.sup.+). Compound 59 is shown below.
##STR00062##
2-[4-amino-1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-butyl]-5-methyl-3-phenyl-3H-qui-
nazolin-4-one (60)
[0298] Compound 60 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 54, but compound 52 was
substituted for compound 49. ESI-MS m/z 456 (MH.sup.+). Compound 60
is shown below.
##STR00063##
6-fluoro-3-phenyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H-quinazolin-4-one
(61)
[0299] Compound 61 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but
2-amino-5-fluorobenzoic acid was substituted for
2-amino-5-methylbenzoic acid in step A,
2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-propionic acid 2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl
ester was substituted for 2-benzyloxycarbonylaminobutyric acid
2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester in step C, and the alternate
procedure (TFA deprotection) was used in step C. ESI-MS m/z 402
(MH.sup.+). Compound 61 is shown below.
##STR00064##
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-6-fluoro-3-phenyl-3H-quinazolin--
4-one (62)
[0300] Compound 62 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 61, but
2-amino-6-bromopurine was substituted for 6-bromopurine in step D.
ESI-MS m/z 417 (MH.sup.+). Compound 62 is shown below.
##STR00065##
2-[2-tert-butoxy-1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-5-methyl-3-phenyl-3H-quina-
zolin-4-one (63)
[0301] Compound 63 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but
2-benzyloxycarbonylamino-3-tert-butoxy-propionic acid
2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester was substituted for
2-benzyloxycarbonylaminobutyric acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl
ester in step B. MS (ES): m/z 470 (M+H), 396, 261. Compound 63 is
shown below.
##STR00066##
3-(3-methyl-phenyl)-5-methyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H-quinazol-
in-4-one (64)
[0302] Compound 64 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but m-toluidine was
substituted for aniline in step A,
2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-propionic acid 2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl
ester was substituted for 2-benzyloxycarbonylaminobutyric acid
2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester in step B, and the alternate
procedure (TFA deprotection) was used in step C. .sup.1H NMR
(dmso-d6): 8.41-8.36 (m, 2H); 7.71-7.66 (m, 1H); 7.53-7.51 (m, 5H);
4.97 (m, 1H); 2.72 (s, 3H); 2.39 (s, 1.5H); 2.09 (s, 1.5H);
1.50-1.48 (m, 3H). Compound 64 is shown below.
##STR00067##
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3-(3-methyl-phenyl)-5-methyl-3H--
quinazolin-4-one (65)
[0303] Compound 65 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but m-toluidine was
substituted for aniline in step A,
2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-propionic acid 2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl
ester was substituted for 2-benzyloxycarbonylaminobutyric acid
2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester in step B, the alternate procedure
(TFA deprotection) was used in step C, and 2-amino-6-bromopurine
was substituted for 6-bromopurine in step D. .sup.1H NMR (dmso):
8.94-8.92 (m, 1H); 8.18 (s, 1H); 7.75-7.68 (m, 1H); 7.58-7.51 (m,
1H); 5.07-4.96 (m, 1H); 2.79-2.73 (m, 3H); 2.40 (s, 1.5H); 1.91 (s,
1.5H); 1.48-1.43 (m, 3H). Compound 65 is shown below.
##STR00068##
3-(3-chloro-phenyl)-5-methyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H-quinazol-
in-4-one (66)
[0304] Compound 66 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but 3-chloroaniline
was substituted for aniline in step A,
2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-propionic acid 2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl
ester was substituted for 2-benzyloxycarbonylaminobutyric acid
2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester in step B, and the alternate
procedure (TFA deprotection) was used in step C. .sup.1H NMR
(dmso-d6): 8.40-8.31 (m, 2H); 7.73-7.66 (m, 1H); 7.55-7.32 (m, 6H);
5.04-4.86 (m, 1H); 2.72 (s, 3H); 1.52-1.50 (m, 3H). Compound 66 is
shown below.
##STR00069##
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3-(3-chloro-phenyl)-5-methyl-3H--
quinazolin-4-one (67)
[0305] Compound 67 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 66, but
2-amino-6-bromopurine was substituted for 6-bromopurine in step D.
ESI-MS m/z 447.2 (MH.sup.+). Compound 67 is shown below.
##STR00070##
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-2-hydroxy-ethyl]-5-methyl-3-phenyl-3H-q-
uinazolin-4-one (68)
[0306] Compound 68 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but
2-benzyloxycarbonylamino-3-tert-butoxy-propionic acid
2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester was substituted for
2-benzyloxycarbonylaminobutyric acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl
ester in step B, and 2-amino-6-bromopurine was substituted for
6-bromopurine in step D. The obtained
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-2-tert-butoxy-ethyl]-5-methyl-3-phenyl--
3H-quinazolin-4-one was then dissolved in trifluoroacetic acid and
allowed to stir at ambient temperature for 5 hours. Purification by
LC provided the product 68 as a white solid. MS (ES): m/z 429
(M+H), 215, 206, 151. Compound 68 is shown below.
##STR00071##
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3-(3-fluoro-phenyl)-3H-quinazoli-
n-4-one (69)
[0307] Compound 69 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but 3-fluoroaniline
was substituted for aniline in step A,
2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-propionic acid 2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl
ester was substituted for 2-benzyloxycarbonylaminobutyric acid
2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester in step B, the alternate procedure
(TFA deprotection) was used in step C, and 2-amino-6-bromopurine
was substituted for 6-bromopurine in step D. ESI-MS m/z 417.1
(MH.sup.+). Compound 69 is shown below.
##STR00072##
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3-(2,6-difluoro-phenyl)-3H-quina-
zolin-4-one (70)
[0308] Compound 70 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but
2,6-difluoroaniline was substituted for aniline in step A,
2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-propionic acid 2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl
ester was substituted for 2-benzyloxycarbonylaminobutyric acid
2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester in step B, the alternate procedure
(TFA deprotection) was used in step C, and 2-amino-6-bromopurine
was substituted for 6-bromopurine in step D. ESI-MS m/z 435.1
(MH.sup.+). Compound 70 is shown below.
##STR00073##
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-propyl]-5-fluoro-3-phenyl-3H-quinazolin-
-4-one (71)
[0309] Compound 71 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but
2-amino-5-fluorobenzoic acid was substituted for
2-amino-5-methylbenzoic acid in step A, and 2-amino-6-bromopurine
was substituted for 6-bromopurine in step D. ESI-MS m/z 431
(MH.sup.+). Compound 71 is shown below.
##STR00074##
5-chloro-3-(3-fluoro-phenyl)-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H-quinazol-
in-4-one (72)
[0310] Compound 72 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but
2-amino-6-chlorobenzoic acid was substituted for
2-amino-6-methylbenzoic acid and 3-fluoroaniline was substituted
for aniline in step A, 2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-propionic acid
2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl ester was substituted for
2-benzyloxycarbonylaminobutyric acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl
ester in step B, and the alternate procedure (TFA deprotection) was
used in step C. ESI-MS m/z 436.1 (MH.sup.+). Compound 72 is shown
below.
##STR00075##
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-5-chloro-3-(3-fluoro-phenyl)-3H--
quinazolin-4-one (73)
[0311] Compound 73 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but
2-amino-6-chlorobenzoic acid was substituted for
2-amino-6-methylbenzoic acid, and 3-fluoroaniline was substituted
for aniline in step A, 2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-propionic acid
2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl ester was substituted for
2-benzyloxycarbonylaminobutyric acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl
ester in step B, the alternate procedure (TFA deprotection) was
used in step C, and 2-amino-6-bromopurine was substituted for
6-bromopurine in step D. ESI-MS m/z 451.1 (MH.sup.+). Compound 73
is shown below.
##STR00076##
3-phenyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-5-trifluoromethyl-3H-quinazolin-
-4-one (74)
[0312] Compound 74 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but
2-amino-N-phenyl-6-trifluoromethyl-benzamide was used in place of
compound 15 in step A, 2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-propionic acid
2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl ester was substituted for
2-benzyloxycarbonylaminobutyric acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl
ester in step B, and the alternate procedure (TFA deprotection) was
used. MS (ES): m/z 452 (M+H). Compound 74 is shown below.
##STR00077##
[0313] 2-amino-N-phenyl-6-trifluoromethyl-benzamide was prepared by
addition of aniline (1.0 eq.) to a suspension of
2-amino-6-(trifluoromethyl)-benzoic acid trihydrate (1.0 g, 4.0
mmol, 1.3 eq.) and polystyrene-carbodiimide (3.6 g, 1.1-1.7 eq.) in
THF (40 mL). The reaction was stirred at ambient temperature for 18
hours, then filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo and
purified by flash chromatography to provide
2-amino-N-phenyl-6-trifluoromethyl-benzamide as a yellow solid.
3-(2,6-difluoro-phenyl)-5-methyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-propyl]-3H-quin-
azolin-4-one (75)
[0314] Compound 75 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but
2,6-difluoroaniline was substituted for aniline in step A. ESI-MS
m/z 448 (MH.sup.+). Compound 75 is shown below.
##STR00078##
3-(2,6-difluoro-phenyl)-5-methyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H-quin-
azolin-4-one (76)
[0315] Compound 76 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but
2,6-difluoroaniline was substituted for aniline in step A,
2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-propionic acid 2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl
ester was substituted for 2-benzyloxycarbonylaminobutyric acid
2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester in step B, and the alternate
procedure (TFA deprotection) was used in step C. ESI-MS m/z 434.1
(MH.sup.+). Compound 76 is shown below.
##STR00079##
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-propyl]-3-(2,6-difluoro-phenyl)-5-methy-
l-3H-quinazolin-4-one (77)
[0316] Compound 77 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 75, but
2-amino-6-bromopurine was substituted for 6-bromopurine in step D.
ESI-MS m/z 463 (MH.sup.+). Compound 77 is shown below.
##STR00080##
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3-(2,6-difluoro-phenyl)-5-methyl-
-3H-quinazolin-4-one (78)
[0317] Compound 78 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 76, but
2-amino-6-bromopurine was substituted for 6-bromopurine in step D.
ESI-MS m/z 449 (MH.sup.+). Compound 78 is shown below.
##STR00081##
3-(3,5-dichloro-phenyl)-5-methyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H-quin-
azolin-4-one (79)
[0318] Compound 79 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but
3,5-dichloroaniline was substituted for aniline in step 1, and
2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-propionic acid 2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl
ester was substituted for 2-benzyloxycarbonylaminobutyric acid
2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester in step B, and the alternate
procedure (TFA deprotection) was used in step C. ESI-MS m/z 467
(MH.sup.+). Compound 79 is shown below.
##STR00082##
3-(2,6-dichloro-phenyl)-5-methyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H-quin-
azolin-4-one (80)
[0319] Compound 80 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but
2,6-dichloroaniline was substituted for aniline in step A,
2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-propionic acid 2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl
ester was substituted for 2-benzyloxycarbonylaminobutyric acid
2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester in step B, and the alternate
procedure (TFA deprotection) was used in step C. ESI-MS m/z 467
(MH.sup.+). Compound 80 is shown below.
##STR00083##
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3-(2,6-dichloro-phenyl)-5-methyl-
-3H-quinazolin-4-one (81)
[0320] Compound 81 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 80, but
2-amino-6-bromopurine was substituted for 6-bromopurine in step D.
ESI-MS m/z 482 (MH.sup.+). Compound 81 is shown below.
##STR00084##
5-chloro-3-phenyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-propyl]-3H-quinazolin-4-one
(82)
[0321] Compound 82 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but
2-amino-6-chloro-benzoic acid was substituted for
2-amino-6-methyl-benzoic acid in step A,
2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-propionic acid 2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl
ester was substituted for 2-benzyloxycarbonylaminobutyric acid
2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester in step B, and the alternate
procedure (TFA deprotection) was used in step C. ESI-MS m/z 432
(MH.sup.+). Compound 82 is shown below.
##STR00085##
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-propyl]-5-chloro-3-phenyl-3H-quinazolin-
-4-one (83)
[0322] Compound 83 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but
2-amino-6-bromopurine was substituted for 6-bromopurine in step D.
ESI-MS m/z 447 (MH.sup.+). Compound 83 is shown below.
##STR00086##
5-methyl-3-phenyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-butyl]-3H-quinazolin-4-one
(84)
[0323] Compound 84 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but
2-benzyloxycarbonylamino-pentanoic acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl
ester was substituted for 2-benzyloxycarbonylaminobutyric acid
2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester in step B. MS (ES): m/z 426 (M+H),
213. Compound 84 is shown below.
##STR00087##
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-butyl]-5-methyl-3-phenyl-3H-quinazolin--
4-one (85)
[0324] Compound 85 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but
2-benzyloxycarbonylamino-pentanoic acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl
ester was substituted for 2-benzyloxycarbonylaminobutyric acid
2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester in step B, and
2-amino-6-bromopurine was substituted for 6-bromopurine in step D.
MS (ES): m/z 441 (M+H), 221. Compound 85 is shown below.
##STR00088##
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3-(3,5-dichloro-phenyl)-5-methyl-
-3H-quinazolin-4-one (86)
[0325] Compound 86 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but
2-amino-6-bromopurine was substituted for 6-bromopurine in step D.
ESI-MS m/z 482 (MH.sup.+). Compound 86 is shown below.
##STR00089##
5-methyl-3-(3-morpholin-4-ylmethyl-phenyl)-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethy-
l]-3H-quinazolin-4-one (87)
[0326] Compound 87 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but intermediate
compound 8 was substituted for aniline in step A,
2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-propionic acid 2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl
ester was substituted for 2-benzyloxycarbonylaminobutyric acid
2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester in step B, and the alternate
procedure (TFA deprotection) was used in step C. ESI-MS m/z 497
(MH.sup.+). Compound 87 is shown below.
##STR00090##
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-5-methyl-3-(3-morpholin-4-ylmeth-
yl-phenyl)-3H-quinazolin-4-one (88)
[0327] Compound 88 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 87, but
2-amino-6-bromopurine was substituted for 6-bromopurine in step D.
ESI-MS m/z 49.8 (MH.sup.+). Compound 88 is shown below.
##STR00091##
2-[1-(5-bromo-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-ethyl]-5-methyl-3-phe-
nyl-3H-quinazolin-4-one (89)
[0328] Compound 89 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but
2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-propionic acid 2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl
ester was substituted for 2-benzyloxycarbonylaminobutyric acid
2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester in step B, the alternate procedure
(TFA deprotection) was used in step C, and
4-chloro-5-bromo-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine (prepared as in J.
Med. Chem. 1988, 31, 2086-2092) was substituted for 6-bromopurine
in step D. ESI-MS m/z 411.1 (MH.sup.+). Compound 89 is shown
below.
##STR00092##
5-methyl-2-[1-(5-methyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-ethyl]-3-ph-
enyl-3H-quinazolin-4-one (90)
[0329] Compound 90 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but
2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-propionic acid 2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl
ester was substituted for 2-benzyloxycarbonylaminobutyric acid
2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester in step B, the alternate procedure
(TFA deprotection) was used in step C, and
4-chloro-5-methyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine (prepared as in J.
Med. Chem. 1990, 33, 1984-1992) was substituted for 6-bromopurine
in step D. ESI-MS m/z 411.1 (MH.sup.+). Compound 90 is shown
below.
##STR00093##
2-[1-(5-fluoro-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-ethyl]-5-methyl-3-ph-
enyl-3H-quinazolin-4-one (91)
[0330] Compound 91 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but
2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-propionic acid 2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl
ester was substituted for 2-benzyloxycarbonylaminobutyric acid
2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester in step B, the alternate procedure
(TFA deprotection) was used in step C, and intermediate compound 1
was substituted for 6-bromopurine. ESI-MS m/z 415.1 (MH.sup.+).
Compound 91 is shown below.
##STR00094##
2-[2-hydroxy-1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3-phenyl-3H-quinazolin-4-one
(92)
[0331] Compound 92 was prepared by adding trifluoroacetic acid to a
solution of
2-[2-tert-butoxy-1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3-phenyl-3H-quinazolin-4-o-
ne in dichloromethane. The reaction was stirred at ambient
temperature for 18 hours, then concentrated in vacuo. Purification
by LC provided the product as a white solid. MS (ES): m/z 400
(M+H), 382, 200, 136. Compound 92 is shown below.
##STR00095##
[0332]
2-[2-tert-butoxy-1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3-phenyl-3H-quinazol-
in-4-one was prepared using the general procedure described above
with respect to compound 14, but 2-amino-6-chlorobenzoic acid was
substituted for 2-amino-6-methylbenzoic acid in step A,
2-benzyloxycarbonylamino-3-tert-butoxy-propionic acid
2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester was substituted for
2-benzyloxycarbonylaminobutyric acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl
ester in step B, and the conditions used in step C removed both the
benzyl protecting group and the A-Ring chloro substituent.
3-(3,5-difluoro-phenyl)-5-methyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-propyl]-3H-quin-
azolin-4-one (93)
[0333] Compound 93 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but
3,5-difluoroaniline was substituted for aniline in step A. ESI-MS
m/z 448 (MH.sup.+). Compound 93 is shown below.
##STR00096##
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-propyl]-3-(3,5-difluoro-phenyl)-5-methy-
l-3H-quinazolin-4-one (94)
[0334] Compound 94 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 90, but
2-amino-6-bromopurine was substituted for 6-bromopurine in step D.
ESI-MS m/z 463 (MH.sup.+). Compound 94 is shown below.
##STR00097##
3-(3,5-difluoro-phenyl)-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H-quinazolin-4--
one (95)
[0335] Compound 95 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but anthranilic acid
was substituted for 2-amino-6-methylbenzoic acid and
3,5-difluoroaniline for aniline in step A,
2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-propionic acid 2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl
ester was substituted for 2-benzyloxycarbonylaminobutyric acid
2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester in step B, and the alternate
procedure (TFA deprotection) was used in step C. ESI-MS m/z 420
(MH.sup.+). Compound 95 is shown below.
##STR00098##
2-[1-(5-bromo-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-ethyl]-3-(3-fluoro-ph-
enyl)-5-methyl-3H-quinazolin-4-one (96)
[0336] Compound 96 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but 3-fluoroaniline
was substituted for aniline in step A,
2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-propionic acid 2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl
ester was substituted for 2-benzyloxycarbonylaminobutyric acid
2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester in step B, and the alternate
procedure (TFA deprotection) was used in step C. ESI-MS m/z 494
(MH.sup.+). Compound 96 is shown below.
##STR00099##
3-(3-fluoro-phenyl)-5-methyl-2-[1-(5-methyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4--
ylamino)-ethyl]-3H-quinazolin-4-one (97)
[0337] Compound 97 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but 3-fluoroaniline
was substituted for aniline in step A,
2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-propionic acid 2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl
ester was substituted for 2-benzyloxycarbonylaminobutyric acid
2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester in step B, and the alternate
procedure (TFA deprotection) was used in step C. ESI-MS m/z 429
(MH.sup.+). Compound 97 is shown below.
##STR00100##
3-phenyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-propyl]-3H-quinazolin-4-one
(98)
[0338] Compound 98 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but anthranilic acid
was substituted for 2-amino-6-methyl-benzoic acid in step A. MS
(ES): m/z 398 (M+H), 199. Compound 98 is shown below.
##STR00101##
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3-(3,5-difluoro-phenyl)-3H-quina-
zolin-4-one (99)
[0339] Compound 99 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 95, but
2-amino-6-bromopurine was substituted for 6-bromopurine in step D.
ESI-MS m/z 435 (MH.sup.+). Compound 96 is shown below.
##STR00102##
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-propyl]-3-phenyl-3H-quinazolin-4-one
(100)
[0340] Compound 100 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but anthranilic acid
was substituted for 2-amino-6-methyl-benzoic acid in step A, and
2-amino-6-bromopurine was substituted for 6-bromopurine in step D.
MS (ES): m/z 413 (M+H), 207. Compound 100 is shown below.
##STR00103##
6,7-difluoro-3-phenyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H-quinazolin-4-on-
e (101)
[0341] Compound 101 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but
2-amino-4,5-difluoro-benzoic acid was substituted for
2-amino-6-methyl-benzoic acid in step A,
2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-propionic acid 2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl
ester was substituted for 2-benzyloxycarbonylaminobutyric acid
2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester in step B, and the alternate
procedure (TFA deprotection) was used in step C. ESI-MS m/z 420
(MH.sup.+). Compound 101 is shown below.
##STR00104##
6-fluoro-3-(3-fluoro-phenyl)-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H-quinazol-
in-4-one (102)
[0342] Compound 102 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 14, but
2-amino-5-fluoro-benzoic acid was substituted for
2-amino-6-methyl-benzoic acid in step A,
2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-propionic acid 2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl
ester was substituted for 2-benzyloxycarbonylaminobutyric acid
2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester in step B, and the alternate
procedure (TFA deprotection) was used in step C. ESI-MS m/z 420
(MH.sup.+). Compound 102 is shown below.
##STR00105##
2-[4-diethylamino-1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-butyl]-5-methyl-3-phenyl-3H-quin-
azolin-4-one (103)
[0343] Compound 103 was prepared following steps A-D below.
[4-amino-1-(5-methyl-4-oxo-3-phenyl-3,4-dihydro-quinazolin-2-yl)-butyl]-ca-
rbamic acid tert-butyl ester (104)
[0344] Step A: A 10-mL, one-neck, round bottomed flask equipped
with a magnetic stirrer was purged with nitrogen and charged with
10% palladium on carbon (30 mg, 50% wet). A solution of
[4-benzyloxycarbonylamino-1-(5-methyl-4-oxo-3-phenyl-3,4-dihydro-quinazol-
in-2-yl)-butyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (product from step B
of procedure for compound 51) (100 mg, 0.18 mmol) in ethanol (2 mL)
and polymethylhydrosiloxane (130 mg) were then added sequentially.
The reaction mixture was stirred at 50.degree. C. for 3 h, and then
cooled to room temperature. The mixture was filtered through a pad
of CELITE.RTM. and the filtrate evaporated to dryness Subsequent
purification of the resulting crude product by column
chromatography afforded a 62% yield of compound 101 as a white
solid. .sup.1H NMR (CD.sub.3OD) .delta. 7.55-7.69 (m, 5H),
7.33-7.49 (m, 2H), 7.30 (d, 1H, J=7.3 Hz), 4.29 (m, 1H), 2.77 (s,
3H), 2.38-2.47 (m, 2H), 1.72-1.88 (m, 1H), 1.57-1.79 (m, 1H),
1.13-1.55 (m, 4H), 1.40 (s, 9H). The reaction described above and
compound 104 are shown below.
##STR00106##
[4-Diethylamino-1-(5-methyl-4-oxo-3-phenyl-3,4-dihydro-quinazolin-2-yl)-b-
utyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (105)
[0345] Step B: A 10-mL, one-neck, round bottomed flask equipped
with a magnetic stirrer was purged with nitrogen, and then charged
with the compound 104 (100 mg, 0.24 mmol) and 1,2-dichloroethane (2
mL). Acetaldehyde (42 mg, 0.85 mmol) and sodium
triacetoxyborohydride (400 mg, 1.90 mmol) were subsequently added.
The reaction mixture was stirred for 18 h at ambient temperature,
evaporated to dryness, and the resulting residue was dissolved in
methanol (20 mL). This methanolic solution was treated with 10%
palladium on carbon (5 mg, 50% wet), stirred for 30 min, evaporated
to dryness, and partitioned between 10% aqueous potassium carbonate
(20 mL) and methylene chloride (20 mL). The organic layer was
separated and dried over sodium sulfate. Filtration of the organic
layer followed by concentration gave the compound 105 as a yellow
oil, which was used without any further purification. .sup.1H NMR
(CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.51-7.63 (m, 5H), 7.41 (d, 1H, J=7.4 Hz),
7.29 (d, 1H, J=7.15 Hz), 7.22 (d, 1H, J=7.1 Hz), 6.10 (d, 1H, J=8.8
Hz), 4.38-4.52 (m, 1H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 2.32-2.50 (m, 4H), 2.08-2.27
(m, 2H), 1.47-1.73 (m, 4H), 1.42 (s, 9H, 1.25-1.38 (m, 1H), 0.96
(t, 6H, J=7.2 Hz); ESI-MS m/z=479 (MH.sup.+). The reaction
described above and compound 105 are shown below.
##STR00107##
2-(1-amino-4-diethylamino-butyl)-5-methyl-3-phenyl-3H-quinazolin-4-one
(106)
[0346] The alternative deprotection procedure described above with
respect to the preparation of compound 14 (and specifically the
preparation of compound 17) was used to deprotect compound 105. The
reaction and compound 106 are shown below.
##STR00108##
2-[4-Diethylamino-1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-butyl]-5-methyl-3-phenyl-3H-quin-
azolin-4-one (103)
[0347] Compound 103 was then prepared following the general
procedure provided above in step D of the procedure for compound
14, but compound 106 was used as the free amine. ESI-MS m/z 497
(MH.sup.+). The reaction and compound 103 are shown below.
##STR00109##
Example 9
Compound Preparation
[0348] Compounds in accordance with general formula I (shown
above), including chiral compounds having general formula II (shown
above), have been prepared in accordance with steps A-E of the
synthetic scheme shown below.
##STR00110## ##STR00111##
(S)-5-fluoro-3-phenyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-propyl]-3H-quinazolin-4-o-
ne (107)
[0349] The synthesis of a compound in accordance with formula I is
first exemplified using steps A-E below, which provide a synthetic
procedure for compound 107, the structure of which is shown
below.
##STR00112##
2-fluoro-6-nitro-N-phenyl-benzamide (108)
[0350] Step A: A solution of 2-fluoro-6-nitrobenzoic acid (100 g,
0.54 mol) and dimethylformamide (5 mL) in dichloromethane (600 mL)
was treated dropwise with oxalyl chloride (2 M in dichloromethane,
410 mL, 0.8 mol, 1.5 eq) over 30 min. After stirring 2 h at room
temperature, the reaction was concentrated to an orange syrup with
some solids present. The syrup was dissolved in dry dioxane (80 mL)
and slowly added to a suspension of aniline (49 mL, 0.54 mol, 1 eq)
and sodium bicarbonate (90 g, 1.08 mol, 2 eq) in a mixture of
dioxane (250 mL) and water (250 mL) at 6.degree. C. The temperature
reached 27.degree. C. at the end of the addition. After 30 min, the
reaction mixture was treated with water (1.2 L). The precipitate
was collected by vacuum filtration, washed with water (300 mL), air
dried in the funnel, and dried in vacuo at 50.degree. C. for 24 h
to afford an off-white solid product (139 g, 99%). .sup.1H NMR (300
MHz, DMSO-d6) .delta. 10.82 (s, 1H), 8.12 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H),
7.91-7.77 (m, 2H), 7.64 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 2H), 7.38 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 2H),
7.15 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), ESI-MS m/z 261 (MH.sup.+). The reaction
described above and compound 108 are shown below.
##STR00113##
(S)-[1-(2-fluoro-6-nitro-benzoyl)-phenyl-aminocarbonyl]-propyl-carbamic
acid tert-butyl ester (109)
[0351] Step B: A suspension of compound 108 (0.5 mol) and
dimethylformamide (5 mL) in thionyl chloride (256 mL, 2.5 mol, 5
eq) was stirred at 85.degree. C. for 5 hours. The reaction mixture
was concentrated in vacuo to a brown syrup. The syrup was dissolved
in dichloromethane (200 mL) and was slowly added to a solution of
N--BOC-L-2-aminobutyric acid (112 g, 0.55 mol, 1.1 eq) and
triethylamine (77 mL, 0.55 mol, 1.1 eq) in dichloromethane (600 mL)
at 10.degree. C. After stirring at room temperature for 3 h, salts
were removed by filtration, and the solution was washed with 100 mL
of water, saturated sodium bicarbonate, water, 5% citric acid, and
saturated sodium chloride. The organic phase was dried with
magnesium sulfate and concentrated to a red syrup. The syrup was
dissolved in dichloromethane (450 mL) and purified by flash
chromatography on a silica gel plug (15.times.22 cm, 4 L dry
silica) eluted with hexanes/ethyl acetate (10%, 8 L; 15%, 8 L; 20%,
8 L; 25%, 4 L) to yield the compound 109 as an off-white solid (147
g, 66%). .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) .delta. 8.13 (d, J=8.0 Hz,
1H), 7.84 (t, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.78-7.67 (m, 1H), 7.65-7.49 (m, 3H),
7.40-7.28 (m, 2H), 7.19 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 4.05 (broad s, 1H),
1.75-1.30 (m, 2H), 1.34 (s, 9H), 0.93 (broad s, 3H). ESI-MS m/z
446.3 (MH.sup.+). The reaction described above and compound 109 are
shown below.
##STR00114##
(S)-[1-(5-fluoro-4-oxo-3-phenyl-3,4-dihydro-quinazolin-2-yl)-propyl]-carb-
amic acid tert-butyl ester (110)
[0352] Step C: A solution of compound 109 (125 mmol, 1 eq) in
acetic acid (500 mL) was treated with zinc dust (48.4 g, 740 mmol,
6 eq) added in 3 portions, and the reaction mixture was allowed to
cool to below 35.degree. C. between additions. After stirring for 2
h at ambient temperature, solids were filtered off by vacuum
filtration and washed with acetic acid (50 mL). The filtrate was
concentrated in vacuo, dissolved in EtOAc (400 mL), washed with
water (300 mL), and the water layer was extracted with EtOAc (300
mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water (200 mL),
sat'd sodium bicarbonate (2.times.200 mL), sat'd NaCl (100 mL),
dried with MgSO.sub.4, and concentrated to a syrup. The syrup was
dissolved in toluene (200 mL) and purified by flash chromatography
on a silica gel plug (13.times.15 cm, 2 L dry silica) eluted with
hexanes/ethyl acetate (10%, 4 L; 15%, 4 L; 17.5%, 8 L; 25%, 4 L) to
yield compound 110 as an off-white foamy solid (33.6 g, 69%).
.sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) .delta. 7.83 (td, J=8.2, 5.7 Hz,
1H), 7.64-7.48 (m, 5H), 7.39 (broad d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.30 (dd,
J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.23 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 4.02-3.90 (m, 1H), 1.76-1.66
(m, 1H), 1.62-1.46 (m, 1H), 1.33 (s, 9H), 0.63 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H).
ESI-MS m/z 398.3 (MH.sup.+). The reaction described above and
compound 110 are shown below.
##STR00115##
(S)-2-(1-amino-propyl)-5-fluoro-3-phenyl-3H-quinazolin-4-one
(111)
[0353] Step D: A solution of compound 110 (85 mmol) in
dichloromethane (60 mL) was treated with trifluoroacetic acid (60
mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 h, concentrated in
vacuo, and partitioned between dichloromethane (150 mL) and 10%
K.sub.2CO.sub.3 (sufficient amount to keep the pH greater than 10).
The aqueous layer was extracted with additional dichloromethane
(100 mL), and the combined organic layers were washed with water
(50 mL) and brine (50 mL). After drying with Mg SO.sub.4, the
solution was concentrated to provide compound III as an off-white
solid (22 g, 88%). .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta.
7.73-7.65 (m, 1H), 7.62-7.49 (m, 4H), 7.32-7.22 (m, 2H), 7.13-7.06
(m, 1H), 3.42 (dd, J=7.5, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 1.87-1.70 (m, 1H), 1.58-1.43
(m, 1H), 0.80 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3H). ESI-MS m/z 298.2 (MH.sup.+). The
reaction described above and compound III are shown below.
##STR00116##
(S)-5-fluoro-3-phenyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-propyl]-3H-quinazolin-4-o-
ne (107)
[0354] Step E: A suspension of compound 111 (65.6 mmol, 1 eq),
6-bromopurine (14.6 g, 73.4 mmol, 1.1 eq), and DIEA (24.3 mL, 140
mmol, 2 eq) in tert-butanol (40 mL) was stirred for 24 h at
80.degree. C. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and
treated with water to yield a solid crude product that was
collected by vacuum filtration, washed with water, and air dried.
Half of the obtained solid crude product was dissolved in MeOH (600
mL), concentrated onto silica gel (300 mL dry), and purified by
flash chromatography (7.5.times.36 cm, eluted with 10 L of 4%
MeOH/CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2) to yield a solid product. The solid product
was then dissolved in EtOH (250 mL) and concentrated in vacuo to
compound 107 as a light yellow solid (7.2 g, 50%). .sup.1H NMR (300
MHz, 80.degree. C., DMSO-d6) .delta. 12.66 (broad s, 1H), 8.11 (s,
1H), 8.02 (broad s, 1H), 7.81-7.73 (m, 1H), 7.60-7.42 (m, 6H),
7.25-7.15 (m, 2H), 4.97 (broad s, 1H), 2.02-1.73 (m, 2H), 0.79 (t,
J=7.3 Hz, 3H). ESI-MS m/z 416.2 (MH.sup.+). C, H, N elemental
analysis (C.sub.22H.sub.18N.sub.7OF.EtOH.0.4H.sub.2O). Chiral
purity 99.8:0.2 (S:R) using chiral HPLC (4.6.times.250 mm Chiralpak
ODH column, 20.degree. C., 85:15 hexanes:EtOH, 1 mL/min, sample
loaded at a concentration of 1 mg/mL in EtOH). The reaction
described above and compound 107 are shown below.
##STR00117##
(S)-3-phenyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H-quinazolin-4-one
(112)
[0355] Compound 112 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 107, but 2-nitrobenzoic
acid was substituted for 2-fluoro-6-nitrobenzoic acid in step A,
and N--BOC-L-alanine was substituted for N--BOC-L-2-aminobutyric
acid in step B. ESI-MS m/z 384.3 (MH.sup.+). Chiral purity 99.5:0.5
(S:R). Compound 112 is shown below.
##STR00118##
(S)-6-fluoro-3-phenyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H-quinazolin-4-on-
e (113)
[0356] Compound 113 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 107, but
2-nitro-5-fluorobenzoic acid was substituted for
2-fluoro-6-nitrobenzoic acid in step A, and N--BOC-L-alanine was
substituted for N--BOC-L-2-aminobutyric acid in step B. ESI-MS m/z
402.3 (MH.sup.+). Chiral purity 99.9:0.1 (S:R). Compound 113 is
shown below.
##STR00119##
(S)-3-(3,5-difluoro-phenyl)-5-methyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H--
quinazolin-4-one (114)
[0357] Compound 114 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 107, but
2-nitro-5-methylbenzoic acid was substituted for
2-fluoro-6-nitrobenzoic acid and 3,5-difluoroaniline was
substituted for aniline in step A, and N--BOC-L-alanine was
substituted for N--BOC-L-2-aminobutyric acid in step B. ESI-MS m/z
434.3 (MH.sup.+). Compound 114 is shown below.
##STR00120##
(S)-5-fluoro-2-[1-(2-fluoro-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3-phenyl-3H-quinaz-
olin-4-one (115)
[0358] Compound 115 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 107, but
2-nitro-6-fluorobenzoic acid was substituted for
2-fluoro-6-nitrobenzoic acid in step A, N--BOC-L-alanine was
substituted for N--BOC-L-2-aminobutyric acid in step B, and
6-chloro-2-fluoropurine was substituted for 6-bromopurine in step
E. ESI-MS m/z 420.3 (MH.sup.+). Chiral purity 100:0 (S:R). Compound
115 is shown below.
##STR00121##
(S)-3-(3-fluoro-phenyl)-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H-quinazolin-4--
one (116)
[0359] Compound 116 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 107, but 2-nitrobenzoic
acid was substituted for 2-fluoro-6-nitrobenzoic acid and
3-fluoroaniline was substituted for aniline in step A, and
N--BOC-L-alanine was substituted for N--BOC-L-2-aminobutyric acid
in step B. ESI-MS m/z 402.3 (MH.sup.+). Chiral purity 96:4 (S:R).
Compound 116 is shown below.
##STR00122##
(S)-5-chloro-3-(3,5-difluoro-phenyl)-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-propyl]-3H-
-quinazolin-4-one (117)
[0360] Compound 117 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 107, but
2-nitro-5-chlorobenzoic acid was substituted for
2-fluoro-6-nitrobenzoic acid, and 3,5-difluoroaniline was
substituted for aniline in step A. ESI-MS m/z 468.3 (MH.sup.+).
Chiral purity 100:0 (S:R). Compound 117 is shown below.
##STR00123##
(S)-3-(2,6-difluoro-phenyl)-5-methyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H--
quinazolin-4-one (118)
[0361] Compound 118 was prepared using an alternative step B
relative to the preparation of compound 107, but the general
procedure described above for compound 107 was otherwise generally
followed for each of steps A, C, and D.
N-(2,6-difluoro-phenyl)-2-methyl-6-nitro-benzamide (118a)
[0362] Step A: Compound 118a was prepared following the preparation
procedure described above with respect to compound 107, but
2-nitro-5-methylbenzoic acid was substituted for
2-fluoro-6-nitrobenzoic acid and 2,6-difluoroaniline was
substituted for aniline.
L-{2-[(2,6-difluoro-phenyl)-(2-methyl-6-nitro-benzoyl)-amino]-1-methyl-2-o-
xo-ethyl}-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (118b)
[0363] Step B: Compound 118b was prepared by treating a solution of
compound 118a (13.8 g, 47 mmol) in THF (200 mL) dropwise with a
solution of potassium hexamethyldisilazide (KHMDS) (0.5 M in
toluene, 95 mL, 47 mmol, 1 eq) at 0.degree. C. and stirring the
reaction mixture for 30 min at the same temperature. The reaction
mixture was then treated with
L-2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-propionic acid
2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester (13.5 g, 47 mmol, 1 eq) and stirred
at the same temperature for an additional 30 min. The reaction
mixture was quenched with water (50 mL) and concentrated in vacuo.
The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate (300 mL), and washed
with 100 mL of each of the following: (1) water, (2) sat'd sodium
bicarbonate, (3) water, (4) 5% citric acid, (5) water, and (6)
brine. The organic layer was dried with MgSO.sub.4 and concentrated
to a syrup. The crude material was dissolved in dichloromethane (75
mL) and purified by flash chromatography on silica gel
(7.5.times.40 cm), eluted with 20% EtOAc in hexanes (10 L of 20%,
then 6 L of 33%).
[0364] Steps C and D were performed as described relative to the
preparation of compound 107. ESI-MS m/z 434.3 (MH.sup.+). Chiral
purity 100:0 (S:R). Compound 118 is shown below.
##STR00124##
(S)-3-(2,6-difluoro-phenyl)-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H-quinazoli-
n-4-one (119)
[0365] Compound 119 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 118, but 2-nitrobenzoic
acid was substituted for 2-nitro-5-methylbenzoic acid. ESI-MS m/z
420.3 (MH.sup.+). Chiral purity 100:0 (S:R). Compound 119 is shown
below.
##STR00125##
5-Methyl-3-phenyl-2-[3,3,3-trifluoro-1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-propyl]-3H-qu-
inazolin-4-one (120)
[0366] Compound 120 was prepared using the general procedure
described above with respect to compound 107, but
2-methyl-6-nitro-benzoic acid was substituted for
2-fluoro-6-nitro-benzoic acid in step A and
2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-4,4,4-trifluoro-butyric acid was
substituted for 2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-butyric acid in step B.
ESI-MS m/z 466 (MH.sup.+). Compound 120 is shown below.
##STR00126##
Example 10
Compound Preparation
[0367] Compounds having general formula I (shown above) have been
prepared in accordance with steps A-D of the synthetic scheme
entitled "Procedure C" shown below. An alternative synthetic scheme
entitled "Scheme D" illustrates additional synthetic routes to
compounds having formula I.
##STR00127## ##STR00128##
##STR00129##
[0368] The synthesis of compounds in accordance with Procedure C
and Scheme D is first exemplified by the synthetic procedure for
3-(3-hydroxy-phenyl)-5-methyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H-quinazo-
lin-4-one, also referred to as compound 121, the structure of which
is shown below.
##STR00130##
[0369] Compound 121 was prepared following steps A-D below, and
using compound 122 (below) in step A.
3-(tert-butyl dimethylsilyloxy)phenylamine (122)
[0370] A 250 mL, three-neck, round bottomed flask equipped with a
magnetic stirrer was purged with nitrogen and charged with
tert-butyldimethylsilyl chloride (12.5 g, 82.8 mmol), imidazole
(7.64 g, 112 mmol), and anhydrous DMF (60 mL). 3-aminophenol (10.0
g, 91.7 mmol) was added to the resulting solution. After stirring
for 12 h at ambient temperature, the reaction mixture was poured
into water (300 mL). The resulting suspension was extracted with
hexanes (3.times.300 mL), and the extracts were combined, dried
over sodium sulfate, and filtered. Concentration of the filtrate
followed by column chromatography gave compound 122 as a light
yellow oil. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. (ppm), 6.84 (t, 1H,
J=7.9 Hz), 6.16 (d, 1H, J=6.7 Hz), 6.10 (m, 1H), 5.97 (d, 1H, J=9.1
Hz), 4.98 (s, 2H), 0.95 (s, 9H), 0.16 (s, 6H); m/z=224 (M+H).
2-amino-6-methyl-N-[(3-tert-butyl-dimethyl-silanoxy)-phenyl]-benzamide
(123)
[0371] Step A: A 5-L, three-neck, round bottomed flask equipped
with a gas bubbler, mechanical stirrer and reflux condenser was
charged with 6-amino-2-methylbenzoic acid (25 g, 16.8 mmol),
toluene (300 mL), and thionyl chloride (50 mL). The reaction
mixture was refluxed for 1 h until evolution of gas ceased. The
resulting mixture was then cooled and concentrated under reduced
pressure at 50.degree. C. Anhydrous THF (400 mL) and DIEA (90 mL)
were added to the resulting residue, followed by compound 122 (37
g, 1.0 eq). The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at ambient
temperature for 2 hours, then quenched by the addition of 20%
aqueous potassium carbonate (250 mL). The organic layer was
separated and concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure.
Trituration of the residue with MTBE (70 mL), filtration and drying
afforded compound 123. The preparation of compound 123 is generally
shown above as step A of Procedure C.
1-{[3-(3-Hydroxy-phenyl)-5-methyl-4-oxo-3,4-dihydro-quinazolin-2-yl]-ethyl-
}-carbamic acid-tert butyl ester (124)
[0372] Step B: A 100-mL, three-neck, round bottomed flask equipped
with a magnetic stirrer and a reflux condenser was purged with
nitrogen and charged with compound 123 (10 g, 28 mmol),
N-tert-butyloxycarbonylalanine N-hydroxysuccinimide ester (9.60 g,
1.0 eq), DMAP (1.90 g), DIEA (6 mL), 4 .ANG. molecular sieves (1.20
g), and anhydrous toluene (100 mL). The resulting mixture was
heated in an oil bath at 80.degree. C. for 24 h.
1-Hydroxybenzotriazole (3.78 g) was added to the reaction, and
heating continued for an additional 48 h. After cooling, toluene
(10 mL) and CELITE.RTM. (0.70 g) were added to the warm reaction
mixture, followed by filtration and evaporation of the filtrate to
give a brown residue. The residue was dissolved in CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2
(15 mL) and treated with a solution of tetrabutylammonium fluoride
(5.12 g) in MeOH (15 mL). After stirring for 1 h at ambient
temperature, the reaction mixture was evaporated to dryness under
reduced pressure, and the residue purified by column chromatography
to give 81% yield of compound 124 as an off-white solid. The
preparation of compound 124 is generally shown above as step B of
Procedure C.
2-(1-amino-ethyl)-3-(3-hydroxy-phenyl)-5-methyl-3H-quinazolin-4-one
(125)
[0373] Step C1: A 100-mL, three-neck, round bottomed flask equipped
with a magnetic stirrer was charged with compound 124 (4.50 g,
11.18 mmol) in CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (15 mL) and TFA (15 mL). After
stirring for 1 hr at room temperature, the mixture was concentrated
under reduced pressure to afford compound 125, which was used as is
in the following step.
3-(3-hydroxy-phenyl)-5-methyl-2-{1-[9-(2-trimethylsilanyl-ethoxymethyl)-9H-
-purin-6-ylamino]-ethyl}-3H-quinazolin-4-one (126)
[0374] Step C2: A nitrogen purged, 50-mL one-neck round bottomed
flask equipped with a magnetic stirrer and reflux condenser was
charged with compound 125 (2.4 g, 8.16 mmol), intermediate compound
10 (2.70 g, 1.0 eq), n-butanol (20 mL), and DIEA (4.2 mL). The
mixture was heated at 100.degree. C. for 4 h then cooled to room
temperature. Concentration of the reaction mixture under high
vacuum followed by column chromatography gave compound as a white
solid. The preparation of compound 126 is generally shown above as
step C of Procedure C.
3-(3-hydroxy-phenyl)-5-methyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H-quinazol-
in-4-one (121)
[0375] Step D: A 100-mL, one-neck, round bottomed flask equipped
with a magnetic stirrer was charged with compound 126 (294 mg, 0.5
mmol), MeOH (15 mL) and 4N hydrochloric acid (15 mL), and the
reaction mixture was heated for 5 h at 40.degree. C. Evaporation of
the methanol under reduced pressure followed by basification to pH
10 with 10% aqueous potassium carbonate gave a white precipitate.
The precipitate was filtered, washed with water and dried under
vacuum overnight at ambient temperature to afford compound 121 as a
white solid. m/z=414 (M+H). The preparation of compound 121 is
generally shown above as step D of Procedure C.
3-(3-methoxy-phenyl)-5-methyl-2-{1-[9-(2-trimethylsilanyl-ethoxymethyl)-9H-
-purin-6-ylamino]-ethyl}-3H-quinazolin-4-one (127)
[0376] A 100-mL, one-neck, round bottomed flask equipped with a
magnetic stirrer was charged with compound 126 (370 mg, 0.68 mmol),
potassium carbonate (235 mg, 1.70 mmol), and DMF (4 mL). The
resulting mixture was stirred for 5 min, and methyl iodide (435 mg,
3.10 mmol) was then added. After stirring for a further 1 h at
ambient temperature, the reaction mixture was evaporated to dryness
under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column
chromatography to give an 82% yield of compound 127 as a light
yellow oil. .sup.1H NMR (CD.sub.3OD) .delta. (ppm) 8.20 (m, 2H),
6.99-7.66 (m, 7H), 5.58 (s, 2H), 5.15 (bs, 1H), 3.62 (dt, 2H,
J=1.8, 8.0 Hz), 3.32 (s, 3H), 2.78 (s, 3H), 1.55 (m, 3H), 0.88 (m,
2H), -0.07 (s 9H); m/z=558 (M+H).
3-(3-methoxy-phenyl)-5-methyl-2-{1-[9H-purin-6-ylamino]-ethyl}-3H-quinazol-
in-4-one (128)
[0377] Compound 127 was reacted in accordance with the procedure
described above for compound 121 (step D) to provide compound 128.
m/z=428 (M+H). The structure of compound 128 is shown below.
##STR00131##
3-[3-(2-dimethylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5-methyl-2-{1-[9H-purin-6-ylamino]--
ethyl}-3H-quinazolin-4-one (129)
[0378] Compound 126 (300 mg, 0.54 mmol) was treated with 2-chloro
ethyl dimethylamine hydrochloride salt, at 90.degree. C. for 17
hrs, using the procedure described above for compound 127. The
resulting compound was then treated with 4N HCl, in MeOH, using the
procedure described for compound 121 (step D). Compound 129 was
obtained. m/z=485 (M+H). The structure of compound 129 is shown
below.
##STR00132##
3-(3-cyclopropylmethoxy-phenyl)-5-methyl-2-{1-[9H-purin-6-ylamino]-ethyl}-
-3H-quinazolin-4-one (130)
[0379] Compound 126 (300 mgs, 0.54 mmol) was treated with
bromomethyl cyclopropane using the procedure outlined for compound
127, at room temperature for 24 hrs. This intermediate was treated
with 4N HCl according to the procedure described for compound 121
(step D). m/z=468 (M+H). The structure of compound 130 is shown
below.
##STR00133##
5-methyl-3-(3-prop-2-ynyloxy-phenyl)-2-{1-[9H-purin-6-ylamino]-ethyl}-3H--
quinazolin-4-one (131)
[0380] Compound 126 (300 mgs, 0.54 mmol) was treated with propargyl
bromide at room temperature for 24 hrs using the procedure
described above for compound 127. This intermediate was then
treated with 4N HCl according to the procedure described for
compound 121 (step D). m/z=467 (M+H). The structure of compound 131
is shown below.
##STR00134##
2-{1-[2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino]ethyl}-3-(3-hydroxyphenyl)-5-methyl-3H-q-
uinazolin-4-one (132)
[0381] Compound 132 was prepared according to the procedures set
forth in steps A and B below.
2-{1-[2-di
tert-butyloxycarbonylamino-9-(2-trimethylsilylethoxymethyl)-9H--
purin-6-ylamino]ethyl}-3-(3-hydroxyphenyl)-5-methyl-3H-quinazolin-4-one
(133)
[0382] Step A: A nitrogen purged, 50-mL one-neck round bottomed
flask equipped with a magnetic stirrer and reflux condenser was
charged with compound 125 (3.02 g, 10.2 mmol), intermediate
compound 12 (5.56 g, 1.0 eq), n-butanol (20 mL), and DIPEA (6.0
mL). The mixture was heated at 100.degree. C. for 1 h, and then
cooled to room temperature. Concentration of the reaction mixture
under high vacuum followed by column chromatography gave compound
133 as a white solid.
2-{1-[2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino]ethyl}-3-(3-hydroxyphenyl)-5-methyl-3H-qu-
inazolin-4-one (132)
[0383] Step B: Compound 133 was dissolved in MeOH (3 mL), treated
with 4N HCl (3 mL) and heated at 40.degree. C. for 6 h. The
reaction mixture was then concentrated to approximately half the
volume and partitioned between water (5 mL) and ethyl acetate (10
mL). The aqueous layer was separated, basified with potassium
carbonate to pH 10 and filtered. After washing the filter cake with
water (5 mL) and drying under vacuum, compound 132 was obtained as
a white solid. m/z=429 (M+H). The structure of compound 132 is
shown below.
##STR00135##
2-{1-[2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino]ethyl}-3-(3-methoxyphenyl)-5-methyl-3H-q-
uinazolin-4-one (134)
[0384] Compound 133 (300 mgs, 0.39 mmol) was treated with methyl
iodide using the procedure described above for compound 127. This
intermediate was then treated with 4N HCl in methanol according to
the procedure described above for compound 132 (step B). m/z=443
(M+H). The structure of compound 134 is shown below.
##STR00136##
2-{1-[2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino]ethyl}-3-(3-cyclopropylmethoxy-phenyl)-5-
-methyl-3H-quinazolin-4-one (135)
[0385] Compound 133 (231 mgs, 0.30 mmol) was treated with
cyclopropyl methyl bromide using the procedure described above for
compound 127. The generated intermediate was then treated with 4N
HCl in MeOH according to the procedure described above for compound
132 (step B). m/z=483 (M+H). The structure of compound 135 is shown
below.
##STR00137##
2-{1-[2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino]ethyl}-5-methyl-3-(3-prop-2-ynyloxy-phen-
yl)-3H-quinazolin-4-one (136)
[0386] Compound 133 (231 mgs, 0.30 mmol) was treated with propargyl
bromide using the procedure described above for compound 127. The
generated intermediate was then treated with 4N HCl in MeOH
according to the procedure described above for compound 132 (step
B). m/z=467 (M+H). The structure of compound 136 is shown
below.
##STR00138##
3-(3-ethynyl-phenyl)-5-methyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H-quinazo-
lin-4-one (137)
[0387] Compound 137 was prepared according to the procedures set
forth in steps A-C below.
Trifluoromethane sulfonic acid
3-(5-methyl-4-oxo-2-{1-[9-(2-trimethylsilanyl-ethoxymethyl)-9H-purin-6-yl-
amino]-ethyl}-4H-quinazolin-3-yl)-phenyl ester (138)
[0388] Step A: A 50-mL, three-neck, round bottomed flask equipped
with a magnetic stirrer was purged with nitrogen and charged with
compound 126 (500 mg, 0.92 mmol), triethylamine (218 mg, 2.16
mmol), anhydrous methylene chloride (10 mL) and
N-phenyltrifluoromethanesulfonimide (496 mg, 1.39 mmol). After
stirring for 2 h at ambient temperature, the reaction mixture was
partitioned between methylene chloride (50 mL) and 10% aqueous
potassium carbonate (50 mL). The organic phase was separated, dried
over sodium sulfate and filtered. Concentration of the filtrate
followed by column chromatography gave a 77% yield of compound 138
as an off-white solid. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. (ppm)
8.32 (bs, 1H), 7.48-8.18 (m, 7H), 7.30 (d, 1H, J=8.0 Hz), 5.51 (s,
2H), 4.75-4.85 (m, 1H), 3.55 (t, 2H, J=8.0 Hz), 2.72 (s, 3H), 1.46
(d, 3H, J=6.6 Hz), 0.83 (dt, 2H, J=1.6, 8.1 Hz), -0.09 (s, 9H).
5-Methyl-2-{1-[9-(2-trimethylsilylethoxymethyl)-9H-purin-6-ylamino]ethyl}--
3-(3-trimethylsilylethynylphenyl)-3H-quinazolin-4-one (139)
[0389] Step B: A 5-mL reaction vial equipped with a magnetic
stirrer was purged with nitrogen and charged with compound 138 (220
mg, 0.33 mmol), dichlorobis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II) (27.1
mg, 0.039 mmol), and anhydrous DMF (1 mL). Triethylamine (146 mg,
1.44 mmol) and (trimethylsilyl)acetylene (102 mg, 1.04 mmol) were
added, and the reaction mixture was stirred for 10 h at 90.degree.
C. and an additional 8 h at 100.degree. C. Evaporation of the
reaction mixture to dryness followed by column chromatography
purification afforded 63% yield of compound 139 as an off-white
solid. .sup.1H NMR (CD.sub.3O.DELTA.) .delta. (ppm) 7.43-8.33 (m,
8H), 7.30 (d, 1H, J=6.6 Hz), 5.64 (s, 2H), 5.14 (bs, 1H), 3.68 (t,
2H, J=8.0 Hz), 2.81 (s, 3H), 1.59-1.64 (m, 3H), 0.94 (m, 2H), 0.32
(s, 9H), -0.09 (s, 9H).
3-(3-ethynyl-phenyl)-5-methyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H-quinazol-
in-4-one (137)
[0390] Step C: Compound 139 (113 mgs, 0.18 mmol) was treated with
4N HCl in MeOH according to the procedure described for compound
121 (step D). This afforded compound 137. m/z=422 (M+H). The
structure of compound 137 is shown below.
##STR00139##
3-{5-methyl-4-oxo-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-4H-quinazolin-3-yl}-be-
nzonitrile (140)
[0391] Compound 140 was prepared according to the procedures set
forth in steps A and B below.
3-(5-methyl-4-oxo-2-{1-[9-(2-trimethylsilylethoxymethyl)-9H-purin-6-ylamin-
o]ethyl}-4H-quinazolin-3-yl)benzonitrile (141)
[0392] Step A: A 5-mL reaction vial equipped with a magnetic
stirrer was charged with compound 138 (200 mg, 0.300 mmol),
tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (34.0 mg, 0.029 mmol), zinc
cyanide (70 mg, 0.60 mmol) and anhydrous DMF (1 mL). The vial was
purged with nitrogen, heated to 120.degree. C. for 3.5 h then
cooled to ambient temperature and poured into a saturated aqueous
sodium bicarbonate solution (25 mL). The resulting suspension was
extracted with methylene chloride (3.times.20 mL), and the organic
extracts were combined, dried over sodium sulfate and filtered.
Concentration of the filtrate followed by purification by column
chromatography gave a 66% yield of compound 141 as a white solid.
.sup.1H NMR (CDCl.sub.3) .delta. (ppm) 8.30 (d, 1H, J=6.9 Hz),
7.58-8.02 (m, 7H), 7.30 (d, 1H, J=7.0 Hz), 5.60 (s, 2H), 5.07 (bs,
1H), 3.65 (m, 2H), 2.84 (s, 3H), 1.58 (d, 3H, J=6.7 Hz), 0.96 (m,
2H), 0.02 (s, 9H).
3-{5-Methyl-4-oxo-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-4H-quinazolin-3-yl}-ben-
zonitrile (140)
[0393] Step B: Compound 141 was treated with 4N HCL in MeOH for 1
hour using the procedure described for compound 121 (step B) to
provide compound 140. m/z=423 (M+H). The structure of compound 140
is shown below.
##STR00140##
3-{5-Methyl-4-oxo-2-{1-[9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-4H-quinazolin-3-yl}-be-
nzamide (142)
[0394] Compound 142 was prepared according to the procedures set
forth in steps A and B below.
3-(5-Methyl-4-oxo-2-{1-[9-(2-trimethylsilylethoxymethyl)-9H-purin-6-ylamin-
o]ethyl}-4H-quinazolin-3-yl)benzamide (143)
[0395] Step A: A 100-mL, three-neck, round bottomed flask equipped
with a magnetic stirrer and a reflux condenser was purged with
nitrogen and charged with compound 141 (219 mg, 0.40 mmol) and
anhydrous methylene chloride (15 mL). N,N-Diethylhydroxylamine (146
mg, 1.64 mmol) was added to the resulting solution, and the
reaction mixture was heated for 16 h at 50.degree. C., cooled to
ambient temperature, and then evaporated to dryness under reduced
pressure. The resulting residue was purified by column
chromatography to give a 97% yield of compound 143 as a white
solid. m.p. 195-197.degree. C.; .sup.1H NMR (CDCl.sub.3) .delta.
(ppm) 8.34 (d, 1H, J=10.9 Hz), 7.59-8.06 (m, 7H), 7.28 (m, 1H),
6.95 (bs, 1H), 6.00 (bs, 2H), 5.60 (s, 2H), 5.28 (bs, 1H), 3.62 (t,
2H, J=8.4 Hz), 2.85 (s, 3H), 1.53 (dd, 3H, J=6.7, 10.8 Hz), 0.96
(t, 2H, J=8.3 Hz), 0.01 (s, 9H); m/z=571 (M+H).
3-{5-Methyl-4-oxo-2-{1-[9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-4H-quinazolin-3-yl}-ben-
zamide (142)
[0396] Step B: Compound 143 was treated with 4N HCL in MeOH for 1.5
hours using the procedure described for compound 121 (step D) to
provide compound 142. m/z=441 (M+H). The structure of compound 142
is shown below.
##STR00141##
3-(3-acetyl-phenyl)-5-methyl-2-{1-[9H-purin-6-ylamino]-ethyl}-3H-quinazol-
in-4-one (144)
[0397] Compound 139 was treated with 4N HCl in MeOH at 70.degree.
C. for 16 hours in accordance with the procedure described for
compound 121 (step D). This reaction afforded compound 144, the
structure of which is shown below. m/z=440 (M+H)
##STR00142##
2-(3-(5-methyl-4-oxo-2-{1-[9H-purin-6-ylamino]-ethyl}-4H-quinazolin-3-yl--
phenoxy acetamide (145)
[0398] Compound 126 (300 mgs, 0.54 mmol) was treated with 2 bromo
acetamide using the procedure outlined above for compound 127. The
reaction was under reflux for 24 hrs in CH3CN. This intermediate
was treated with 4N HCl in MeOH for 1 hour, following the procedure
described for compound 121 (step D), to provide compound 145.
m/z=471 (M+H). The structure of compound 145 is shown below.
##STR00143##
5-methyl-2-{1-[9H-purin-6-ylamino]-ethyl}-3-[3-(tetrahydropuran-4-yloxy)--
phenyl]-3H-quinazolin-4-one (146)
[0399] A 25-mL, three-neck, round bottomed flask equipped with a
magnetic stirrer was purged with nitrogen and charged with compound
126 (270 mgs, 0.5 mmol), tetrahydro pyran-4-ol (60 uL),
triphenylphosphine (560 mgs), THF (5 mL), and diethyl
azodicarboxylate (340 uL). After stirring for 16 h at ambient
temperature, the reaction mixture was evaporated to dryness, and
the residue was dissolved in methanol (3 mL), treated with 4N
hydrochloric acid (3 mL), and heated at 40.degree. C. for 6 h. The
reaction mixture was then concentrated to approximately half the
volume and partitioned between water (5 mL) and ethyl acetate (10
mL). The aqueous layer was separated, basified with potassium
carbonate to pH 10 and filtered. After washing the filter cake with
water (5 mL) and drying under vacuum, compound 146 was obtained.
m/z=498 (M+H). The structure of compound 146 is shown below.
##STR00144##
3-[3-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5-methyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-
-3H-quinazolin-4-one (147)
[0400] Compound 126 (300 mgs, 0.54 mmol) was treated with toluene
4-sulfonic acid 2-methoxy ethyl ester at 50 C for 42 hrs using the
procedure described above for compound 127. The generated
intermediate was then treated with 4N HCl in MeOH, using the
procedure described for compound 121 (step D). m/z=487 (M+H).
##STR00145##
6-fluoro-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)ethyl]-3-[3-(tetrahydro-pyran-4-yloxy)--
phenyl]-3H-quinazolin-4-one (148)
[0401] Compound 148 was prepared according to the procedures set
forth in steps A and B below.
6-fluoro-3-(3-hydroxy-phenyl)-2-{1-[9-(2-trimethylsilanyl-ethoxymethyl)-9H-
-purin-6ylamino-ethyl}-3H-quinazolin-4-one (149)
[0402] Step A: Compound 149 was obtained from 6-amino 3-fluoro
benzoic acid using the procedures described above for compounds
123, 124, 125, and 126.
6-fluoro-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)ethyl]-3-[3-(tetrahydro-pyran-4-yloxy)-p-
henyl]-3H-quinazolin-4-one (148)
[0403] Step B: Compound 148 was obtained from compound 149 using
the procedure described for compound 146. m/z=502 (M+H). The
structure of compound 148 is shown below.
##STR00146##
3-[3-(3-dimethylamino-propoxy)-phenyl]-5-methyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-
-ethyl]-3H-quinazolin-4-one (150)
[0404] Compound 150 was obtained following the general procedure
described for compound 146, but 3-dimethylamino-1-propanol was used
in place of tetrahydropyran-4-ol. m/z=499 (M+H). The structure of
compound 150 is shown below.
##STR00147##
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3-(3-ethynyl-phenyl)-5-methyl-3H-
-quinazolin-4-one (151)
[0405] Compound 151 was prepared according to the procedures set
forth in steps A and B below.
Trifluoromethane sulfonic acid 3-{2-[1-(2-di
tert-butyloxycarbonylamino-9-(2-trimethylsilylethoxymethyl)-purin-6ylamin-
o)-ethyl]-5-methyl-4-oxo-4H-quinazolin-3-yl}-phenyl ester (152)
[0406] Step A: Compound 152 was obtained from compound 133, which
was reacted in accordance with the procedure described for compound
138.
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3-(3-ethynyl-phenyl)-5-methyl-3H--
quinazolin-4-one (151)
[0407] Step B: Compound 151 was obtained from compound 152, which
was reacted in accordance with the procedures for compounds 139 and
137 (step C). m/z=437 (M+H). The structure of compound 151 is shown
below.
##STR00148##
3-{2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-5-methyl-4-oxo-4H-quinazolin--
3-yl}-benzonitrile (153)
[0408] Compound 153 was obtained from compound 152, which was
reacted in accordance with the procedure for compounds 141 and 140
(step D) described above. m/z=438 (M+H). The structure of compound
153 is shown below.
##STR00149##
3-{2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-5-methyl-4-oxo-4H-quinazolin--
3-yl}-benzamide (154)
[0409] Compound 154 was obtained by first reaction compound 152 in
accordance with the procedure for compound 141. This reaction
product was then further reacted in accordance with the procedure
for compounds 143 and 142 (step B). m/z=456 (M+H). The structure of
compound 154 is shown below.
##STR00150##
3-{2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-5-methyl-4-oxo-4H-quinazolin--
3-yl}-benzamide (155)
[0410] Compound 155 was obtained by first reacting compound 151 in
accordance with the procedure described for compound 139. This
reaction product was treated according to the procedure described
for compound 144. m/z=455 (M+H). The structure of compound 155 is
shown below.
##STR00151##
5-methyl-3-(3-morpholin-4-yl-phenyl)-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H--
quinazolin-4-one (156)
[0411] Compound 156 was prepared according to the procedures set
forth in steps A and B below.
5-methyl-3-(3-morpholino-4-yl-phenyl)-2-{1-[9-(2-trimethylsilanylethoxymet-
hyl)-9H-purin-6-ylamino]-ethyl}-3H-quinazolin-4-one (157)
[0412] Step A: A 3-mL reaction vial was charged with compound 138
(96.1 mg, 0.142 mmol), palladium(II) acetate (3.20 mg, 0.014 mmol),
cesium carbonate (84.2 mg, 0.258 mmol) and (+)-BINAP (i.e.,
2,2'-bis(diphenylphosphino)-1,1'-binaphthyl) (13.8 mg, 0.022 mmol).
The vial was then flushed with nitrogen for 10 min. Toluene (0.3
mL) and morpholine (18 .mu.L) were then added, and the solution was
heated at 100.degree. C. for 6 h. Subsequently, the solution was
diluted with dichloromethane (5 mL), filtered, and the filtrate was
concentrated under reduced pressure. Preparative HPLC of the
residue provided compound 157 as a yellow oil. .sup.1H NMR
(CH.sub.3OD) .delta. (ppm) 8.24-8.30 (m, 2H), 7.48-7.72 (m, 3H),
7.33 (m, 2H), 6.94-7.13 (m, 3H), 5.56 and 5.64 (two s, CH.sub.2
rotamer ratio 1:10), 5.15-5.30 (m, 1H), 3.90 (m, 2H), 3.76 (m, 2H),
3.67 (m, 2H), 3.28 (m, 1H), 2.97-3.15 (m, 3H), 2.84 (s, 3H), 1.62
(m, 3H), 0.96 (m, 2H), -0.03 (s, 9H).
5-methyl-3-(3-morpholin-4-yl-phenyl)-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H-q-
uinazolin-4-one (156)
[0413] Step B: Compound 156 was prepared by reacting compound 157
in accordance with the procedure for the preparation of compound
137 (final step C). m/z=483 (M+H). The structure of compound 156 is
shown below.
##STR00152##
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-5-methyl-3-(3-morpholin-4-yl-phe-
nyl)-3H-quinazolin-4-one (158)
[0414] Compound 158 was prepared in accordance with the procedure
described for compound 129, but compound 133 was used in place of
compound 126. m/z=498 (M+H). The structure of compound 158 is shown
below.
##STR00153##
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3-[3-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)-phenyl]--
5-methyl-3H-quinazolin-4-one (159)
[0415] Compound 159 was prepared by reacting compound 133 in
accordance with the procedure for the preparation of compound 147.
m/z=487 (M+H). The structure of compound 159 is shown below.
##STR00154##
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3-[3-(2-dimethylamino-ethoxy)-ph-
enyl]-5-methyl-3H-quinazolin-4-one (160)
[0416] Compound 160 was prepared by reacting compound 133 in
accordance with the procedure for the preparation of compound 146.
m/z=500 (M+H). The structure of compound 160 is shown below.
##STR00155##
Example 11
Compound Preparation
[0417] Compounds having general formula I (shown above) have been
prepared in accordance with steps A-D of the synthetic scheme
entitled "Procedure E" shown below. Procedure E provides an
additional alternative method of preparing compounds with a variety
of side chains appended to the linker between the quinazolinone and
purine rings of the inventive compounds. Although a propargyl
functional group is exemplified, the method illustrated in
Procedure E is applicable to many known functional groups.
##STR00156## ##STR00157##
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-but-3-ynyl]-5-methyl-3-phenyl-3H-quinaz-
olin-4-one (161)
[0418] Compound 161 was prepared according to the procedures set
forth in steps A-D below.
2-[(Benzhydrylidene-amino)-methyl]-5-methyl-3-phenyl-3H-quinazolin-4-one
(162)
[0419] Step A: A 100-mL, one-neck, round bottomed flask equipped
with a magnetic stirrer and reflux condenser was charged with
2-aminomethyl-5-methyl-3-phenyl-3H-quinazolin-4-one (2.91 g, 11.0
mmol), benzhydrylideneamine (2.39 g, 13.2 mmol), and
1,2-dichloroethane (15 mL). The reaction mixture was heated at
reflux for 4 h under nitrogen atmosphere and then cooled to ambient
temperature. Concentration under reduced pressure followed by
purification by column chromatography afforded the compound 162 as
an orange solid. m.p. 49.degree. C. (dec); .sup.1H NMR
(DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. (ppm) 7.22-7.78 (m, 17H), 6.74 (m, 1H), 4.17
(s, 2H), 2.74 (s, 3H); m/z=430 (M+H). The reaction described above
and compound 162 are shown below.
##STR00158##
2-[1-(Benzhydrylidene-amino)-but-3-ynyl]-5-methyl-3-phenyl-3H-quinazolin--
4-one (163)
[0420] Step B: A 25-mL, one-neck, round bottomed flask equipped
with a magnetic stirrer was purged with nitrogen and charged with
compound 162 (500 mg, 1.20 mmol) and anhydrous THF (4 mL). A 1M
solution of potassium tert-butoxide in THF (1.40 mL, 1.40 mmol) was
added in one portion. After stirring for 20 min at ambient
temperature, an 80% solution of propargyl bromide in toluene (210
.mu.L, 1.89 mmol) was added, and the reaction stirred for an
additional 15 min at ambient temperature. Saturated aqueous sodium
bicarbonate (5 mL) was then added, the layers separated, and the
aqueous layer extracted with ethyl acetate (2.times.10 mL). The
combined organic extracts were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered,
and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification of the
residue by column chromatography afforded the product as a yellow
solid. .sup.1H NMR (CD.sub.3OD) .delta. 7.72 (m, 2H), 7.24-7.67 (m,
3H), 6.77 (m, 3H), 4.61 (t, 1H, J=7.1 Hz), 3.01-3.11 (m, 1H), 2.76
(s, 3H), 2.57 (m, 1H), 2.23 (t, 1H, J=2.5 Hz). The reaction
described above and compound 163 are shown below.
##STR00159##
2-(1-amino-but-3-ynyl)-5-methyl-3-phenyl-3H-quinazolin-4-one
(164)
[0421] Step C: A 50-mL, one-neck, round bottomed flask equipped
with a magnetic stirrer was charged with compound 163 (193 mg, 0.41
mmol) and diethyl ether (5 mL). A 2N solution of hydrochloric acid
(5 mL) was added in one portion. After stirring for 1.5 h at
ambient temperature, sodium chloride (750 mg, 12.8 mmol) was added
to the reaction mixture, and stirring was continued for an
additional 10 min. The resulting precipitate was filtered, washed
sequentially with diethyl ether (0.5 mL), 2N hydrochloric acid (1
mL), and MtBE (2.times.1 mL). Drying under vacuum at 45.degree. C.
for 2 h afforded the product as a pink solid. .sup.1H NMR
(DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. 8.82 (s, 3H), 7.79 (t, 1H, J=7.7 Hz),
7.41-7.66 (m, 6H), 7.42 (d, 1H, J=7.3 Hz), 3.91 9s, 1H), 3.11 (m,
1H), 2.87 (m, 1H), 2.75 (s, 3H), 2.54-2.67 (m, 1H). The reaction
described above and compound 164 are shown below.
##STR00160##
5-methyl-3-phenyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-but-3-ynyl]-3H-quinazolin-4-o-
ne (161)
[0422] Step D: Compound 161 was prepared by reacting compound 164
prepared following the procedure for the preparation of compound 14
(step D) using three equivalents of diisopropylethylamine instead
of one. ESI-MS m/z=422 (MH.sup.+). The reaction described above and
compound 161 are shown below.
##STR00161##
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-but-3-ynyl]-5-methyl-3-phenyl-3H-quinaz-
olin-4-one (165)
[0423] Compound 165 was prepared following the general procedure
described above for the preparation of compound 161, but
2-amino-6-bromopurine was substituted for 6-bromopurine in step D.
ESI-MS m/z=437 (MH.sup.+).
Example 12
Compound Preparation
[0424] Compounds having general formula I (shown above) have been
prepared in accordance with steps A-E of the synthetic scheme
entitled "Procedure K" shown below. Procedure K provides an
additional alternative method of preparing such compounds via an
oxazine intermediate (step C).
##STR00162## ##STR00163##
5-chloro-3-(3,5-difluoro-phenyl)-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H-quin-
azolin-4-one (166)
[0425] Compound 166 was prepared according to the procedures set
forth in steps A-E below.
2-amino-6-chloro-N-(3,5-difluoro-phenyl)-benzamide (167)
[0426] Step A: Compound 167 was prepared following the procedure
following the procedure for the preparation of compound 15 (step
A), but 2-amino-6-chlorobenzoic acid was substituted for
2-amino-6-methylbenzoic acid and 3,5-difluoroaniline was
substituted for aniline. The reaction described above and compound
167 are shown below.
##STR00164##
{1-[3-chloro-2-(3,5-difluoro-phenylcarbamoyl)-phenylcarbamoyl]-ethyl}-car-
bamic acid tert-butyl ester (168)
[0427] Step B: A 100-mL, one-neck, round bottomed flask equipped
with a magnetic stirrer and reflux condenser was charged with the
compound 167 (10.6 mmol), N-tert-butyloxycarbonyl-D,L-alanine
N-hydroxysuccinimide ester (3.64 g, 12.7 mmol),
4-N,N-dimethylaminopyridine (710 mg, 5.82 mmol) and 4 .ANG.
molecular sieves (3.00 g). The flask was purged with nitrogen, and
anhydrous toluene (15 mL) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (1.64 g,
2.22 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was heated at
90.degree. C. for 7 h, and the resulting suspension filtered hot.
Concentration of the filtrate under reduced pressure afforded a
light brown solid, which was purified by column chromatography
(silica gel, EtOAc/hexanes). This afforded an 86% yield of compound
168 as a white solid. m.p. 194-196.degree. C. (dec.); .sup.1H NMR
(DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. (ppm) 10.96 (s, 1H), 9.46 (s, 1H), 7.84 (d,
1H, J=7.8 Hz), 7.51-7.36 (m, 4H), 7.19 (d, 1H, J=6.8 Hz), 6.99 (t,
1H, J=9.3 Hz), 4.10 (t, 1H, J=7.0 Hz), 1.31 (s, 9H), 1.16 (d, 3H,
J=6.9 Hz); m/z=454 (M+H). The reaction described above and compound
168 are shown below.
##STR00165##
{1-[5-chloro-4-(3,5-difluoro-phenylimino)-4H-benzo[d][1,3]oxazin-2-yl]-et-
hyl}-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (169)
[0428] Step C: A 100-mL, three-neck, round bottomed flask equipped
with a magnetic stirrer and thermometer was purged with nitrogen
and charged with compound 168 (3.30 mmol), anhydrous methylene
chloride (25 mL), N,N-diisopropylethylamine (4.60 g, 35.7 mmol) and
triphenylphosphine (3.98 g, 15.2 mmol). The reaction mixture was
then cooled to 0-5.degree. C. in an ice/water bath. Iodine (3.61 g,
14.2 mmol) was then added portion-wise to the reaction mixture over
1 h. Once the addition was complete, the cooling bath was removed,
and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for an additional
30 min. The reaction was then quenched with 10% aqueous potassium
carbonate (25 mL), the organic layer separated, dried over sodium
sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Column
chromatography of the resulting solid (silica gel, EtOAc/hexanes)
gave a 52% yield of compound 169 as a white solid. m.p.
117-118.degree. C.; .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. (ppm)
7.72-7.60 (m, 2H), 7.42 (dd, 1H, J=7.6 Hz, 1.3 Hz), 7.31 (d, 1H,
J=7.0 Hz), 6.95 (t, 1H, J=9.3 Hz), 6.82 (m, 2H), 4.27 (m, 1H), 1.33
(s, 9H), 1.28 (d, 3H, J=7.2 Hz); m/z=436 (M+H). The reaction
described above and compound 169 are shown below.
##STR00166##
2-(1-amino-ethyl)-5-chloro-3-(3,5-difluoro-phenyl)-3H-quinazolin-4-one
(170)
[0429] Step D: A solution of compound 169 (1.68 mmol) in piperidine
(2 mL) was stirred for 3 h at ambient temperature. Evaporation of
the reaction mixture to dryness under high vacuum gave a yellow
foam. This foam was dissolved in a 4M solution of hydrogen chloride
in 1,4-dioxane (4 mL) and stirred for 17 h at ambient temperature.
The reaction mixture was then concentrated to dryness, basified
with 10% aqueous potassium carbonate (40 mL) and extracted with
MTBE (3.times.20 mL). Combining the organic extracts, drying over
sodium sulfate and concentrating to dryness afforded a solid
residue. This residue was dissolved in d-chloroform (5 mL), and
warmed for 15 h at 50.degree. C. After cooling to ambient
temperature, the reaction mixture was washed with water (3.times.10
mL), dried over sodium sulfate and evaporated to dryness, affording
a 98% yield of compound 170 as a white solid. m.p. 200-202.degree.
C.; .sup.1H NMR (CDCl.sub.3) .delta. (ppm) 7.65 (m, 2H), 7.49 (m,
1H), 7.01 (t, 1H, J=6.6 Hz), 6.89 (m, 2H), 3.68 (m, 1H), 1.33 (d,
3H, J=6.6 Hz), 1.25 (s, 2H); m/z=336 (M+H). The reaction described
above and compound 170 are shown below.
##STR00167##
5-chloro-3-(3,5-difluoro-phenyl)-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H-quin-
azolin-4-one (166)
[0430] Step E: Compound 166 was prepared by reacting compound 170
in according to the procedure for the preparation of compound 107
(final procedure). ESI-MS m/z 454.3 (MH.sup.+). The reaction
described above and compound 166 are shown below.
##STR00168##
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-propyl]-5-chloro-3-(3,5-difluoro-phenyl-
)-3H-quinazolin-4-one (171)
[0431] Compound 171 was prepared following the general procedure
for compound 161 (steps A-E), but
2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-butyric acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl
ester was substituted for N-tert-butyloxycarbonyl-D,L-alanine
N-hydroxysuccinimide ester in step B, and 2-amino-6-bromopurine was
substituted for 6-bromopurine in step E. ESI-MS m/z 454.3
(MH.sup.+). The structure of compound 171 is shown below.
##STR00169##
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-5-chloro-3-(3,5-difluoro-phenyl)-
-3H-quinazolin-4-one (172)
[0432] Compound 172 was prepared following the general procedure
for compound 161 (steps A-E), but 2-amino-6-bromopurine was
substituted for 6-bromopurine in step E. The structure of compound
172 is shown below.
##STR00170##
3-(3,5-difluoro-phenyl)-6-fluoro-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H-quin-
azolin-4-one (173)
[0433] Compound 173 was prepared following the general procedure
for compound 161 (steps A-E), but 2-amino-5-fluorobenzoic acid was
substituted for 2-amino-6-chlorobenzoic acid in step A. ESI-MS m/z
438.2 (MH.sup.+). The structure of compound 173 is shown below.
##STR00171##
5-chloro-3-(2,6-difluoro-phenyl)-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)-propyl]-3H-qui-
nazolin-4-one (174)
[0434] Compound 174 was prepared following the general procedure
for compound 161 (steps A-E), but 2,6-difluoroaniline was
substituted for aniline in step A, and
2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-butyric acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl
ester was substituted for N-tert-butyloxycarbonyl-D,L-alanine
N-hydroxysuccinimide ester in step B. ESI-MS m/z 468.2 (MH.sup.+).
The structure of compound 174 is shown below.
##STR00172##
2-[1-(2-amino-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-propyl]-5-chloro-3-(2,6-difluoro-phenyl-
)-3H-quinazolin-4-one (175)
[0435] Compound 175 was prepared following the general procedure
for compound 161 (steps A-E), but 2,6-difluoroaniline was
substituted for aniline in step A,
2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-butyric acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl
ester was substituted for N-tert-butyloxycarbonyl-D,L-alanine
N-hydroxysuccinimide ester in step B, and 2-amino-6-bromopurine was
substituted for 6-bromopurine in step E. ESI-MS m/z 483.2
(MH.sup.+). The structure of compound 175 is shown below.
##STR00173##
Example 13
Compound Preparation
[0436] Compounds having general formula I (shown above) have been
prepared in accordance with steps A-G of the synthetic scheme
entitled "Procedure L" shown below.
##STR00174## ##STR00175##
5-methyl-3-phenyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-yloxy)-ethyl]-3H-quinazolin-4-one
(176)
[0437] Compound 176 was prepared according to the procedures set
forth in steps A-G below.
acetic acid 1-(3-methyl-2-phenylcarbamoyl-phenylcarbamoyl)-ethyl
ester (177)
[0438] Step A: (S)-2-Acetoxypropionyl chloride (5.469 g, 36.32
mmol) was added to a solution of compound 15 (6.788 g, 30 mmol) in
dichloromethane (150 mL). A precipitate immediately formed. The
reaction was stirred for 25 h and the precipitate was filtered off.
The filtrate was washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution
(3.times.50 mL) and dried (MgSO.sub.4). Filtration and
concentration of the filtrate gave a brown solid (7.6 g).
Purification by flash chromatography (1:2
EtOAc:hexanes->EtOAc->10:1 EtOAc:MeOH) followed by
recrystallization of the impure fractions from EtOAc:hexanes gave
compound 177 as a solid. ESI-MS m/z=341 (MH.sup.+). The reaction
described above and compound 177 are shown below.
##STR00176##
acetic acid
1-(5-methyl-4-phenylimino-4H-benzo[d][1,3]oxazin-2-yl)-ethyl ester
(178)
[0439] Step B: Compound 177 (0.34 g, 1.0 mmol) was dissolved in
dichloromethane (25 mL). Triphenylphosphine (1.311 g, 5 mmol) was
added to the solution, followed by iodine (1.269 g, 5 mmol) and
DIEA (1.9 mL, 11 mmol). The reaction was capped and stirred for 4
days. The reaction was quenched by addition of saturated aqueous
sodium bicarbonate solution (25 mL). The organic layer was
separated, dried (MgSO.sub.4), filtered, and the filtrate
concentrated under reduced pressure to give a dark brown gum (2.886
g). Purification by flash chromatography (CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2) gave
the imino-1,3-oxazine compound 178 as a yellow oil. ESI-MS m/z=323
(MH.sup.+). The reaction described above and compound 178 are shown
below.
##STR00177##
acetic acid
1-methyl-2-(3-methyl-2-phenylcarbamoyl-phenylimino)-2-piperidin-1-yl-ethy-
l ester (179)
[0440] Step C: Piperidine (1 mL) was added to compound 178 (0.161
g, 0.5 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred for 19.5 h. The
reaction mixture was then concentrated under reduced pressure to
give a yellow gum. Trituration with 1:4 EtOAc:hexanes gave a small
amount of compound 179 (0.041 g). Flash chromatography (1:4
EtOAc:hexanes) of the filtrate gave only a partially separable
mixture of the expected products, the acetoxyquinazolinone compound
179 and the hydroxyquinazolinone (total mass 0.122 g). ESI-MS
m/z=408 (MH.sup.+). The reaction described above and compound 179
are shown below.
##STR00178##
acetic acid
1-(5-methyl-4-oxo-3-phenyl-3,4-dihydro-quinazolin-2-yl)-ethyl ester
(180)
[0441] Step D: Compound 179 (0.037 g, 0.09 mmol) was dissolved in
acetonitrile (10 mL) and the reaction mixture was heated at reflux
for 3 h. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the
residue dissolved in a mixture of ethyl acetate (10 mL) and 1M HCl
(5 mL). After separating the aqueous layer, the organic layer was
washed with additional 1M HCl (2.times.5 mL), saturated sodium
bicarbonate solution (3.times.5 mL), water (2.times.5 mL) and
saturated brine (5 mL). The solution was dried (MgSO.sub.4),
filtered, and the filtrate concentrated under reduced pressure to
give compound 180. ESI-MS m/z=323 (MH.sup.+). The product had
nearly totally racemized at this point (chiral purity was 46:54
S:R). The reaction described above and compound 180 are shown
below.
##STR00179##
2-(1-hydroxy-ethyl)-5-methyl-3-phenyl-3H-quinazolin-4-one (181)
[0442] Step E: Compound 180 (0.011 g, 0.034 mmol) was dissolved in
methanol (2 mL), and potassium carbonate (0.012 g, 0.085 mmol) was
added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 20 min, and then water
(20 mL) was added. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate
(3.times.10 mL) and the combined organic extracts were washed with
saturated brine (10 mL). The organic solution was dried
(MgSO.sub.4), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to
give compound 181. ESI-MS m/z=281 (MH.sup.+). The reaction
described above and compound 181 are shown below.
##STR00180##
5-methyl-3-phenyl-2-{1-[9-(2-trimethylsilanyl-ethoxymethyl)-9H-purin-6-yl-
oxy]-ethyl}-3H-quinazolin-4-one (182)
[0443] Step F: A solution of compound 181 (0.069 g, 0.25 mmol) in
THF (5 mL) was treated with sodium hydride (0.007 g, 0.27 mmol) and
stirred for 10 min. A solution of intermediate compound 13 (0.077
g, 0.27 mmol) in THF (1 mL) was added to the reaction mixture. The
flask originally containing the intermediate compound 13 was washed
with additional THF (1 mL) and the washings were also added to the
reaction mixture. The reaction was allowed to proceed, and
additional sodium hydride (0.005 g, 0.21 mmol) was added at 21.5 h
and 23 h. The reaction was quenched after a total of 24 h by
addition of saturated ammonium chloride solution (5 mL). The
mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (3.times.5 mL), and the
combined organic extracts were dried over MgSO.sub.4. After
filtration, the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure
and the residue was purified by flash chromatography (1:1
EtOAc:hexanes->3:2 EtOAc:hexanes) to give compound 182. ESI-MS
m/z=529 (MH.sup.+). The reaction described above and compound 182
are shown below.
##STR00181##
5-Methyl-3-phenyl-2-[1-(9H-purin-6-yloxy)-ethyl]-3H-quinazolin-4-one
(176)
[0444] Compound 182 (0.053 g, 0.1 mmol) was dissolved in a mixture
of methanol (2 mL) and 4M HCl (2 mL). The mixture was stirred and
heated to 40.degree. C. for 3 h. The reaction mixture was removed
from the heat source and allowed to cool. The reaction mixture was
then filtered through a plug of GFA (glass fiber) filter paper and
the filtrate concentrated to only remove the methanol. The residue
was adjusted to pH 10 by addition of 10% potassium carbonate
solution. The resulting solid was collected by filtration and
purified by RP-HPLC (C18 Luna column, 10.times.250 mm, 4.7 mL/min,
10-90% CH.sub.3CN in water in 18 min, with all solvents containing
0.05% formic acid) to give compound 176 as a fluffy white solid
after lyophilization. .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO) .delta. 13.40,
br s, 1H, 8.40, s, 1H, 8.35, s, 1H, 7.66, t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H,
7.48-7.58, m, 4H, 7.31-7.36, m, 2H, 7.20-7.23, m, 1H, 5.65, q,
J=6.6 Hz, 1H, 2.73, s, 3H, 1.65, d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H. ESI-MS m/z=399
(MH.sup.+). The reaction described above and compound 176 are shown
below.
##STR00182##
Example 14
Biochemical Assays of PI3K Potency and Selectivity
[0445] Biochemical Assay Using 20 .mu.M ATP
[0446] Using the method described in Example 2, compounds of the
invention were tested for inhibitory activity and potency against
PI3K.delta., and for selectivity for PI3K.delta. versus other Class
I PI3K isozymes. In Table 1, IC.sub.50 values (.mu.M) are given for
PI3K.delta. ("Delta"), and may be calculated for the other isoforms
using the ratios of IC.sub.50 values discussed below. To illustrate
selectivity of the compounds, the ratios of the IC.sub.50 values of
the compounds for PI3K.alpha., PI3K.beta., and PI3K.gamma. relative
to PI3K.delta. are given, respectively, as "Alpha/Delta Ratio,"
"Beta/Delta Ratio," and "Gamma/Delta Ratio."
[0447] The initial selectivity assays were performed identically to
the selectivity assay protocol in Example 2, except using 100 .mu.L
Ecoscint for radiolabel detection. Subsequent selectivity assays
were done similarly using the same 3.times. substrate stocks except
they contained 0.05 mCi/mL .gamma.[.sup.32P]ATP and 3 mM PIP2.
Subsequent selectivity assays also used the same 3.times. enzyme
stocks, except they now contained 3 nM of any given PI3K
isoform.
[0448] For all selectivity assays, the test compounds were weighed
out and dissolved into 10-50 mM stocks in 100% DMSO (depending on
their respective solubilities) and stored at -20.degree. C.
Compounds were thawed (to room temperature or 37.degree. C.),
diluted to 300 .mu.M in water from which a 3-fold dilution series
into water was done. From these dilutions, 20 .mu.L was added into
the assay wells alongside water blanks used for the enzyme
(positive) control and the no enzyme (background) control. The
remainder of the assay was performed essentially according to the
selectivity assay protocol in Example 2.
TABLE-US-00003 TABLE 1 Delta Alpha-Delta Beta-Delta Gamma-Delta
Human PMN Elastase Human B Lymphocyte IC.sub.50 (nM) Ratio Ratio
Ratio EC.sub.50 (nM) EC.sub.50 (nM) Compound 117 12 662 78 67 382
1.6 Compound 98 16 608 74 66 84 4.6 Compound 107 9 248 49 21 119
6.1 Compound 174 45 250 72 38 298 30.7 Compound 93 26 721 94 62
584
Example 15
Cell-Based Assay Data for Inhibitors of PI3K.delta. Activity
[0449] Using the methods described in Example 2, compounds of the
invention were tested for inhibitory activity and potency in an
assay of neutrophil (PMN) elastase release. Data from these assays
are set forth in Table 1. In Table 1, the values shown are
effective concentrations of the compound (EC.sub.50; .mu.M).
[0450] All publications and patent documents cited in this
specification are incorporated herein by reference for all that
they disclose.
[0451] While the present invention has been described with specific
reference to certain preferred embodiments, further modifications
can be practiced within the scope of the invention as it is defined
in the claims below. Accordingly, no limitations should be placed
on the invention other than those specifically recited in the
claims.
Sequence CWU 1
1
615220DNAArtificial SequenceHuman p110delta complete cDNA
1cagtcgctcc gagcggccgc gagcagagcc gcccagccct gtcagctgcg ccgggacgat
60aaggagtcag gccagggcgg gatgacactc attgattcta aagcatcttt aatctgccag
120gcggaggggg ctttgctggt ctttcttgga ctattccaga gaggacaact
gtcatctggg 180aagtaacaac gcagg atg ccc cct ggg gtg gac tgc ccc atg
gaa ttc tgg 231 Met Pro Pro Gly Val Asp Cys Pro Met Glu Phe Trp 1 5
10acc aag gag gag aat cag agc gtt gtg gtt gac ttc ctg ctg ccc aca
279Thr Lys Glu Glu Asn Gln Ser Val Val Val Asp Phe Leu Leu Pro Thr
15 20 25ggg gtc tac ctg aac ttc cct gtg tcc cgc aat gcc aac ctc agc
acc 327Gly Val Tyr Leu Asn Phe Pro Val Ser Arg Asn Ala Asn Leu Ser
Thr 30 35 40atc aag cag ctg ctg tgg cac cgc gcc cag tat gag ccg ctc
ttc cac 375Ile Lys Gln Leu Leu Trp His Arg Ala Gln Tyr Glu Pro Leu
Phe His45 50 55 60atg ctc agt ggc ccc gag gcc tat gtg ttc acc tgc
atc aac cag aca 423Met Leu Ser Gly Pro Glu Ala Tyr Val Phe Thr Cys
Ile Asn Gln Thr 65 70 75gcg gag cag caa gag ctg gag gac gag caa cgg
cgt ctg tgt gac gtg 471Ala Glu Gln Gln Glu Leu Glu Asp Glu Gln Arg
Arg Leu Cys Asp Val 80 85 90cag ccc ttc ctg ccc gtc ctg cgc ctg gtg
gcc cgt gag ggc gac cgc 519Gln Pro Phe Leu Pro Val Leu Arg Leu Val
Ala Arg Glu Gly Asp Arg 95 100 105gtg aag aag ctc atc aac tca cag
atc agc ctc ctc atc ggc aaa ggc 567Val Lys Lys Leu Ile Asn Ser Gln
Ile Ser Leu Leu Ile Gly Lys Gly 110 115 120ctc cac gag ttt gac tcc
ttg tgc gac cca gaa gtg aac gac ttt cgc 615Leu His Glu Phe Asp Ser
Leu Cys Asp Pro Glu Val Asn Asp Phe Arg125 130 135 140gcc aag atg
tgc caa ttc tgc gag gag gcg gcc gcc cgc cgg cag cag 663Ala Lys Met
Cys Gln Phe Cys Glu Glu Ala Ala Ala Arg Arg Gln Gln 145 150 155ctg
ggc tgg gag gcc tgg ctg cag tac agt ttc ccc ctg cag ctg gag 711Leu
Gly Trp Glu Ala Trp Leu Gln Tyr Ser Phe Pro Leu Gln Leu Glu 160 165
170ccc tcg gct caa acc tgg ggg cct ggt acc ctg cgg ctc ccg aac cgg
759Pro Ser Ala Gln Thr Trp Gly Pro Gly Thr Leu Arg Leu Pro Asn Arg
175 180 185gcc ctt ctg gtc aac gtt aag ttt gag ggc agc gag gag agc
ttc acc 807Ala Leu Leu Val Asn Val Lys Phe Glu Gly Ser Glu Glu Ser
Phe Thr 190 195 200ttc cag gtg tcc acc aag gac gtg ccg ctg gcg ctg
atg gcc tgt gcc 855Phe Gln Val Ser Thr Lys Asp Val Pro Leu Ala Leu
Met Ala Cys Ala205 210 215 220ctg cgg aag aag gcc aca gtg ttc cgg
cag ccg ctg gtg gag cag ccg 903Leu Arg Lys Lys Ala Thr Val Phe Arg
Gln Pro Leu Val Glu Gln Pro 225 230 235gaa gac tac acg ctg cag gtg
aac ggc agg cat gag tac ctg tat ggc 951Glu Asp Tyr Thr Leu Gln Val
Asn Gly Arg His Glu Tyr Leu Tyr Gly 240 245 250aac tac ccg ctc tgc
cag ttc cag tac atc tgc agc tgc ctg cac agt 999Asn Tyr Pro Leu Cys
Gln Phe Gln Tyr Ile Cys Ser Cys Leu His Ser 255 260 265ggg ttg acc
cct cac ctg acc atg gtc cat tcc tcc tcc atc ctc gcc 1047Gly Leu Thr
Pro His Leu Thr Met Val His Ser Ser Ser Ile Leu Ala 270 275 280atg
cgg gat gag cag agc aac cct gcc ccc cag gtc cag aaa ccg cgt 1095Met
Arg Asp Glu Gln Ser Asn Pro Ala Pro Gln Val Gln Lys Pro Arg285 290
295 300gcc aaa cca cct ccc att cct gcg aag aag cct tcc tct gtg tcc
ctg 1143Ala Lys Pro Pro Pro Ile Pro Ala Lys Lys Pro Ser Ser Val Ser
Leu 305 310 315tgg tcc ctg gag cag ccg ttc cgc atc gag ctc atc cag
ggc agc aaa 1191Trp Ser Leu Glu Gln Pro Phe Arg Ile Glu Leu Ile Gln
Gly Ser Lys 320 325 330gtg aac gcc gac gag cgg atg aag ctg gtg gtg
cag gcc ggg ctt ttc 1239Val Asn Ala Asp Glu Arg Met Lys Leu Val Val
Gln Ala Gly Leu Phe 335 340 345cac ggc aac gag atg ctg tgc aag acg
gtg tcc agc tcg gag gtg agc 1287His Gly Asn Glu Met Leu Cys Lys Thr
Val Ser Ser Ser Glu Val Ser 350 355 360gtg tgc tcg gag ccc gtg tgg
aag cag cgg ctg gag ttc gac atc aac 1335Val Cys Ser Glu Pro Val Trp
Lys Gln Arg Leu Glu Phe Asp Ile Asn365 370 375 380atc tgc gac ctg
ccc cgc atg gcc cgt ctc tgc ttt gcg ctg tac gcc 1383Ile Cys Asp Leu
Pro Arg Met Ala Arg Leu Cys Phe Ala Leu Tyr Ala 385 390 395gtg atc
gag aaa gcc aag aag gct cgc tcc acc aag aag aag tcc aag 1431Val Ile
Glu Lys Ala Lys Lys Ala Arg Ser Thr Lys Lys Lys Ser Lys 400 405
410aag gcg gac tgc ccc att gcc tgg gcc aac ctc atg ctg ttt gac tac
1479Lys Ala Asp Cys Pro Ile Ala Trp Ala Asn Leu Met Leu Phe Asp Tyr
415 420 425aag gac cag ctt aag acc ggg gaa cgc tgc ctc tac atg tgg
ccc tcc 1527Lys Asp Gln Leu Lys Thr Gly Glu Arg Cys Leu Tyr Met Trp
Pro Ser 430 435 440gtc cca gat gag aag ggc gag ctg ctg aac ccc acg
ggc act gtg cgc 1575Val Pro Asp Glu Lys Gly Glu Leu Leu Asn Pro Thr
Gly Thr Val Arg445 450 455 460agt aac ccc aac acg gat agc gcc gct
gcc ctg ctc atc tgc ctg ccc 1623Ser Asn Pro Asn Thr Asp Ser Ala Ala
Ala Leu Leu Ile Cys Leu Pro 465 470 475gag gtg gcc ccg cac ccc gtg
tac tac ccc gcc ctg gag aag atc ttg 1671Glu Val Ala Pro His Pro Val
Tyr Tyr Pro Ala Leu Glu Lys Ile Leu 480 485 490gag ctg ggg cga cac
agc gag tgt gtg cat gtc acc gag gag gag cag 1719Glu Leu Gly Arg His
Ser Glu Cys Val His Val Thr Glu Glu Glu Gln 495 500 505ctg cag ctg
cgg gaa atc ctg gag cgg cgg ggg tct ggg gag ctg tat 1767Leu Gln Leu
Arg Glu Ile Leu Glu Arg Arg Gly Ser Gly Glu Leu Tyr 510 515 520gag
cac gag aag gac ctg gtg tgg aag ctg cgg cat gaa gtc cag gag 1815Glu
His Glu Lys Asp Leu Val Trp Lys Leu Arg His Glu Val Gln Glu525 530
535 540cac ttc ccg gag gcg cta gcc cgg ctg ctg ctg gtc acc aag tgg
aac 1863His Phe Pro Glu Ala Leu Ala Arg Leu Leu Leu Val Thr Lys Trp
Asn 545 550 555aag cat gag gat gtg gcc cag atg ctc tac ctg ctg tgc
tcc tgg ccg 1911Lys His Glu Asp Val Ala Gln Met Leu Tyr Leu Leu Cys
Ser Trp Pro 560 565 570gag ctg ccc gtc ctg agc gcc ctg gag ctg cta
gac ttc agc ttc ccc 1959Glu Leu Pro Val Leu Ser Ala Leu Glu Leu Leu
Asp Phe Ser Phe Pro 575 580 585gat tgc cac gta ggc tcc ttc gcc atc
aag tcg ctg cgg aaa ctg acg 2007Asp Cys His Val Gly Ser Phe Ala Ile
Lys Ser Leu Arg Lys Leu Thr 590 595 600gac gat gag ctg ttc cag tac
ctg ctg cag ctg gtg cag gtg ctc aag 2055Asp Asp Glu Leu Phe Gln Tyr
Leu Leu Gln Leu Val Gln Val Leu Lys605 610 615 620tac gag tcc tac
ctg gac tgc gag ctg acc aaa ttc ctg ctg gac cgg 2103Tyr Glu Ser Tyr
Leu Asp Cys Glu Leu Thr Lys Phe Leu Leu Asp Arg 625 630 635gcc ctg
gcc aac cgc aag atc ggc cac ttc ctt ttc tgg cac ctc cgc 2151Ala Leu
Ala Asn Arg Lys Ile Gly His Phe Leu Phe Trp His Leu Arg 640 645
650tcc gag atg cac gtg ccg tcg gtg gcc ctg cgc ttc ggc ctc atc ctg
2199Ser Glu Met His Val Pro Ser Val Ala Leu Arg Phe Gly Leu Ile Leu
655 660 665gag gcc tac tgc agg ggc agc acc cac cac atg aag gtg ctg
atg aag 2247Glu Ala Tyr Cys Arg Gly Ser Thr His His Met Lys Val Leu
Met Lys 670 675 680cag ggg gaa gca ctg agc aaa ctg aag gcc ctg aat
gac ttc gtc aag 2295Gln Gly Glu Ala Leu Ser Lys Leu Lys Ala Leu Asn
Asp Phe Val Lys685 690 695 700ctg agc tct cag aag acc ccc aag ccc
cag acc aag gag ctg atg cac 2343Leu Ser Ser Gln Lys Thr Pro Lys Pro
Gln Thr Lys Glu Leu Met His 705 710 715ttg tgc atg cgg cag gag gcc
tac cta gag gcc ctc tcc cac ctg cag 2391Leu Cys Met Arg Gln Glu Ala
Tyr Leu Glu Ala Leu Ser His Leu Gln 720 725 730tcc cca ctc gac ccc
agc acc ctg ctg gct gaa gtc tgc gtg gag cag 2439Ser Pro Leu Asp Pro
Ser Thr Leu Leu Ala Glu Val Cys Val Glu Gln 735 740 745tgc acc ttc
atg gac tcc aag atg aag ccc ctg tgg atc atg tac agc 2487Cys Thr Phe
Met Asp Ser Lys Met Lys Pro Leu Trp Ile Met Tyr Ser 750 755 760aac
gag gag gca ggc agc ggc ggc agc gtg ggc atc atc ttt aag aac 2535Asn
Glu Glu Ala Gly Ser Gly Gly Ser Val Gly Ile Ile Phe Lys Asn765 770
775 780ggg gat gac ctc cgg cag gac atg ctg acc ctg cag atg atc cag
ctc 2583Gly Asp Asp Leu Arg Gln Asp Met Leu Thr Leu Gln Met Ile Gln
Leu 785 790 795atg gac gtc ctg tgg aag cag gag ggg ctg gac ctg agg
atg acc ccc 2631Met Asp Val Leu Trp Lys Gln Glu Gly Leu Asp Leu Arg
Met Thr Pro 800 805 810tat ggc tgc ctc ccc acc ggg gac cgc aca ggc
ctc att gag gtg gta 2679Tyr Gly Cys Leu Pro Thr Gly Asp Arg Thr Gly
Leu Ile Glu Val Val 815 820 825ctc cgt tca gac acc atc gcc aac atc
caa ctc aac aag agc aac atg 2727Leu Arg Ser Asp Thr Ile Ala Asn Ile
Gln Leu Asn Lys Ser Asn Met 830 835 840gca gcc aca gcc gcc ttc aac
aag gat gcc ctg ctc aac tgg ctg aag 2775Ala Ala Thr Ala Ala Phe Asn
Lys Asp Ala Leu Leu Asn Trp Leu Lys845 850 855 860tcc aag aac ccg
ggg gag gcc ctg gat cga gcc att gag gag ttc acc 2823Ser Lys Asn Pro
Gly Glu Ala Leu Asp Arg Ala Ile Glu Glu Phe Thr 865 870 875ctc tcc
tgt gct ggc tat tgt gtg gcc aca tat gtg ctg ggc att ggc 2871Leu Ser
Cys Ala Gly Tyr Cys Val Ala Thr Tyr Val Leu Gly Ile Gly 880 885
890gat cgg cac agc gac aac atc atg atc cga gag agt ggg cag ctg ttc
2919Asp Arg His Ser Asp Asn Ile Met Ile Arg Glu Ser Gly Gln Leu Phe
895 900 905cac att gat ttt ggc cac ttt ctg ggg aat ttc aag acc aag
ttt gga 2967His Ile Asp Phe Gly His Phe Leu Gly Asn Phe Lys Thr Lys
Phe Gly 910 915 920atc aac cgc gag cgt gtc cca ttc atc ctc acc tat
gac ttt gtc cat 3015Ile Asn Arg Glu Arg Val Pro Phe Ile Leu Thr Tyr
Asp Phe Val His925 930 935 940gtg att cag cag ggg aag act aat aat
agt gag aaa ttt gaa cgg ttc 3063Val Ile Gln Gln Gly Lys Thr Asn Asn
Ser Glu Lys Phe Glu Arg Phe 945 950 955cgg ggc tac tgt gaa agg gcc
tac acc atc ctg cgg cgc cac ggg ctt 3111Arg Gly Tyr Cys Glu Arg Ala
Tyr Thr Ile Leu Arg Arg His Gly Leu 960 965 970ctc ttc ctc cac ctc
ttt gcc ctg atg cgg gcg gca ggc ctg cct gag 3159Leu Phe Leu His Leu
Phe Ala Leu Met Arg Ala Ala Gly Leu Pro Glu 975 980 985ctc agc tgc
tcc aaa gac atc cag tat ctc aag gac tcc ctg gca ctg 3207Leu Ser Cys
Ser Lys Asp Ile Gln Tyr Leu Lys Asp Ser Leu Ala Leu 990 995 1000ggg
aaa aca gag gag gag gca ctg aag cac ttc cga gtg aag ttt 3252Gly Lys
Thr Glu Glu Glu Ala Leu Lys His Phe Arg Val Lys Phe1005 1010
1015aac gaa gcc ctc cgt gag agc tgg aaa acc aaa gtg aac tgg ctg
3297Asn Glu Ala Leu Arg Glu Ser Trp Lys Thr Lys Val Asn Trp Leu1020
1025 1030gcc cac aac gtg tcc aaa gac aac agg cag tagtggctcc
tcccagccct 3347Ala His Asn Val Ser Lys Asp Asn Arg Gln1035
1040gggcccaaga ggaggcggct gcgggtcgtg gggaccaagc acattggtcc
taaaggggct 3407gaagagcctg aactgcacct aacgggaaag aaccgacatg
gctgcctttt gtttacactg 3467gttatttatt tatgacttga aatagtttaa
ggagctaaac agccataaac ggaaacgcct 3527ccttcattca gcggcggtgc
tgggcccccc gaggctgcac ctggctctcg gctgaggatt 3587gtcaccccaa
gtcttccagc tggtggatct gggcccagca aagactgttc tcctcccgag
3647ggaaccttct tcccaggcct cccgccagac tgcctgggtc ctggcgcctg
gcggtcacct 3707ggtgcctact gtccgacagg atgcctcgat cctcgtgcga
cccaccctgt gtatcctccc 3767tagactgagt tctggcagct ccccgaggca
gccggggtac cctctagatt cagggatgct 3827tgctctccac ttttcaagtg
ggtcttgggt acgagaattc cctcatcttt ctctactgta 3887aagtgatttt
gtttgcaggt aagaaaataa tagatgactc accacacctc tacggctggg
3947gagatcaggc ccagccccat aaaggagaat ctacgctggt cctcaggacg
tgttaaagag 4007atctgggcct catgtagctc accccggtca cgcatgaagg
caaaagcagg tcagaagcga 4067atactctgcc attatctcaa aaatcttttt
tttttttttt ttgagatggg gtcttcctct 4127gttgcccagg ctggagtgca
gtggtgcaat cttggctcac tgtaacctcc gcctcccagg 4187ttcaagtgat
tcttcttgcc tcagcctcct gagtagctgg gattacaggt gtgcaccacc
4247cgtacccagc taatttttgt attttagtag agacgggggt ttcaccatgt
tggctgggct 4307ggtctcgaac tcctgacctc aggtgatcca cccgcctgag
cctcccaaag tgctgggatt 4367acaggcatga gccaccacgc ccggcccact
ctgccattgt ctaagccacc tctgaaagca 4427ggttttaaca aaaggatgag
gccagaactc ttccagaacc atcacctttg ggaacctgct 4487gtgagagtgc
tgaggtacca gaagtgtgag aacgaggggg cgtgctggga tctttctctc
4547tgactatact tagtttgaaa tggtgcaggc ttagtcttaa gcctccaaag
gcctggattt 4607gagcagcttt agaaatgcag gttctagggc ttctcccagc
cttcagaagc caactaactc 4667tgcagatggg gctaggactg tgggctttta
gcagcccaca ggtgatccta acatatcagg 4727ccatggactc aggacctgcc
cggtgatgct gttgatttct caaaggtctt ccaaaactca 4787acagagccag
aagtagccgc ccgctcagcg gctcaggtgc cagctctgtt ctgattcacc
4847aggggtccgt cagtagtcat tgccacccgc ggggcacctc cctggccaca
cgcctgttcc 4907cagcaagtgc tgaaactcac tagaccgtct gcctgtttcg
aaatggggaa agccgtgcgt 4967gcgcgttatt tatttaagtg cgcctgtgtg
cgcgggtgtg ggagcacact ttgcaaagcc 5027acagcgtttc tggttttggg
tgtacagtct tgtgtgcctg gcgagaagaa tattttctat 5087ttttttaagt
catttcatgt ttctgtctgg ggaaggcaag ttagttaagt atcactgatg
5147tgggttgaga ccagcactct gtgaaacctt gaaatgagaa gtaaaggcag
atgaaaagaa 5207aaaaaaaaaa aaa 522021044PRTArtificial SequenceHuman
p110delta protein 2Met Pro Pro Gly Val Asp Cys Pro Met Glu Phe Trp
Thr Lys Glu Glu1 5 10 15Asn Gln Ser Val Val Val Asp Phe Leu Leu Pro
Thr Gly Val Tyr Leu 20 25 30Asn Phe Pro Val Ser Arg Asn Ala Asn Leu
Ser Thr Ile Lys Gln Leu 35 40 45Leu Trp His Arg Ala Gln Tyr Glu Pro
Leu Phe His Met Leu Ser Gly 50 55 60Pro Glu Ala Tyr Val Phe Thr Cys
Ile Asn Gln Thr Ala Glu Gln Gln65 70 75 80Glu Leu Glu Asp Glu Gln
Arg Arg Leu Cys Asp Val Gln Pro Phe Leu 85 90 95Pro Val Leu Arg Leu
Val Ala Arg Glu Gly Asp Arg Val Lys Lys Leu 100 105 110Ile Asn Ser
Gln Ile Ser Leu Leu Ile Gly Lys Gly Leu His Glu Phe 115 120 125Asp
Ser Leu Cys Asp Pro Glu Val Asn Asp Phe Arg Ala Lys Met Cys 130 135
140Gln Phe Cys Glu Glu Ala Ala Ala Arg Arg Gln Gln Leu Gly Trp
Glu145 150 155 160Ala Trp Leu Gln Tyr Ser Phe Pro Leu Gln Leu Glu
Pro Ser Ala Gln 165 170 175Thr Trp Gly Pro Gly Thr Leu Arg Leu Pro
Asn Arg Ala Leu Leu Val 180 185 190Asn Val Lys Phe Glu Gly Ser Glu
Glu Ser Phe Thr Phe Gln Val Ser 195 200 205Thr Lys Asp Val Pro Leu
Ala Leu Met Ala Cys Ala Leu Arg Lys Lys 210 215 220Ala Thr Val Phe
Arg Gln Pro Leu Val Glu Gln Pro Glu Asp Tyr Thr225 230 235 240Leu
Gln Val Asn Gly Arg His Glu Tyr Leu Tyr Gly Asn Tyr Pro Leu 245 250
255Cys Gln Phe Gln Tyr Ile Cys Ser Cys Leu His Ser Gly Leu Thr Pro
260 265 270His Leu Thr Met Val His Ser Ser Ser Ile Leu Ala Met Arg
Asp Glu 275 280 285Gln Ser Asn Pro Ala Pro Gln Val Gln Lys Pro Arg
Ala Lys Pro Pro 290 295 300Pro Ile Pro Ala Lys Lys Pro Ser Ser Val
Ser Leu Trp Ser Leu Glu305 310 315 320Gln Pro Phe Arg Ile Glu Leu
Ile Gln Gly Ser Lys Val Asn Ala Asp 325 330 335Glu Arg Met Lys Leu
Val Val Gln Ala Gly Leu Phe His Gly Asn Glu 340 345 350Met Leu Cys
Lys Thr Val Ser Ser Ser Glu Val Ser Val Cys Ser Glu 355 360 365Pro
Val Trp Lys Gln Arg Leu Glu Phe Asp Ile Asn Ile Cys Asp Leu 370 375
380Pro Arg Met Ala Arg Leu Cys Phe Ala Leu Tyr Ala Val Ile Glu
Lys385 390 395 400Ala Lys Lys Ala Arg Ser Thr Lys Lys Lys Ser Lys
Lys Ala Asp Cys 405 410 415Pro Ile Ala Trp Ala Asn Leu Met Leu Phe
Asp Tyr Lys Asp Gln Leu 420
425 430Lys Thr Gly Glu Arg Cys Leu Tyr Met Trp Pro Ser Val Pro Asp
Glu 435 440 445Lys Gly Glu Leu Leu Asn Pro Thr Gly Thr Val Arg Ser
Asn Pro Asn 450 455 460Thr Asp Ser Ala Ala Ala Leu Leu Ile Cys Leu
Pro Glu Val Ala Pro465 470 475 480His Pro Val Tyr Tyr Pro Ala Leu
Glu Lys Ile Leu Glu Leu Gly Arg 485 490 495His Ser Glu Cys Val His
Val Thr Glu Glu Glu Gln Leu Gln Leu Arg 500 505 510Glu Ile Leu Glu
Arg Arg Gly Ser Gly Glu Leu Tyr Glu His Glu Lys 515 520 525Asp Leu
Val Trp Lys Leu Arg His Glu Val Gln Glu His Phe Pro Glu 530 535
540Ala Leu Ala Arg Leu Leu Leu Val Thr Lys Trp Asn Lys His Glu
Asp545 550 555 560Val Ala Gln Met Leu Tyr Leu Leu Cys Ser Trp Pro
Glu Leu Pro Val 565 570 575Leu Ser Ala Leu Glu Leu Leu Asp Phe Ser
Phe Pro Asp Cys His Val 580 585 590Gly Ser Phe Ala Ile Lys Ser Leu
Arg Lys Leu Thr Asp Asp Glu Leu 595 600 605Phe Gln Tyr Leu Leu Gln
Leu Val Gln Val Leu Lys Tyr Glu Ser Tyr 610 615 620Leu Asp Cys Glu
Leu Thr Lys Phe Leu Leu Asp Arg Ala Leu Ala Asn625 630 635 640Arg
Lys Ile Gly His Phe Leu Phe Trp His Leu Arg Ser Glu Met His 645 650
655Val Pro Ser Val Ala Leu Arg Phe Gly Leu Ile Leu Glu Ala Tyr Cys
660 665 670Arg Gly Ser Thr His His Met Lys Val Leu Met Lys Gln Gly
Glu Ala 675 680 685Leu Ser Lys Leu Lys Ala Leu Asn Asp Phe Val Lys
Leu Ser Ser Gln 690 695 700Lys Thr Pro Lys Pro Gln Thr Lys Glu Leu
Met His Leu Cys Met Arg705 710 715 720Gln Glu Ala Tyr Leu Glu Ala
Leu Ser His Leu Gln Ser Pro Leu Asp 725 730 735Pro Ser Thr Leu Leu
Ala Glu Val Cys Val Glu Gln Cys Thr Phe Met 740 745 750Asp Ser Lys
Met Lys Pro Leu Trp Ile Met Tyr Ser Asn Glu Glu Ala 755 760 765Gly
Ser Gly Gly Ser Val Gly Ile Ile Phe Lys Asn Gly Asp Asp Leu 770 775
780Arg Gln Asp Met Leu Thr Leu Gln Met Ile Gln Leu Met Asp Val
Leu785 790 795 800Trp Lys Gln Glu Gly Leu Asp Leu Arg Met Thr Pro
Tyr Gly Cys Leu 805 810 815Pro Thr Gly Asp Arg Thr Gly Leu Ile Glu
Val Val Leu Arg Ser Asp 820 825 830Thr Ile Ala Asn Ile Gln Leu Asn
Lys Ser Asn Met Ala Ala Thr Ala 835 840 845Ala Phe Asn Lys Asp Ala
Leu Leu Asn Trp Leu Lys Ser Lys Asn Pro 850 855 860Gly Glu Ala Leu
Asp Arg Ala Ile Glu Glu Phe Thr Leu Ser Cys Ala865 870 875 880Gly
Tyr Cys Val Ala Thr Tyr Val Leu Gly Ile Gly Asp Arg His Ser 885 890
895Asp Asn Ile Met Ile Arg Glu Ser Gly Gln Leu Phe His Ile Asp Phe
900 905 910Gly His Phe Leu Gly Asn Phe Lys Thr Lys Phe Gly Ile Asn
Arg Glu 915 920 925Arg Val Pro Phe Ile Leu Thr Tyr Asp Phe Val His
Val Ile Gln Gln 930 935 940Gly Lys Thr Asn Asn Ser Glu Lys Phe Glu
Arg Phe Arg Gly Tyr Cys945 950 955 960Glu Arg Ala Tyr Thr Ile Leu
Arg Arg His Gly Leu Leu Phe Leu His 965 970 975Leu Phe Ala Leu Met
Arg Ala Ala Gly Leu Pro Glu Leu Ser Cys Ser 980 985 990Lys Asp Ile
Gln Tyr Leu Lys Asp Ser Leu Ala Leu Gly Lys Thr Glu 995 1000
1005Glu Glu Ala Leu Lys His Phe Arg Val Lys Phe Asn Glu Ala Leu
1010 1015 1020Arg Glu Ser Trp Lys Thr Lys Val Asn Trp Leu Ala His
Asn Val 1025 1030 1035Ser Lys Asp Asn Arg Gln 1040369DNAArtificial
sequence5' Primer for p110beta 3gatcgaattc ggcgccacca tggactacaa
ggacgacgat gacaagtgct tcagtttcat 60aatgcctcc 69442DNAArtificial
sequence3' Primer for p110beta 4gatcgcggcc gcttaagatc tgtagtcttt
ccgaactgtg tg 42540DNAArtificial Sequence5' Primer for p110gamma
5agaatgcggc cgcatggagc tggagaacta taaacagccc 40637DNAArtificial
Sequence3' Primer for p110gamma 6cgcggatcct taggctgaat gtttctctcc
ttgtttg 37
* * * * *